Skip to content
A woman checking her phone in a calm clinic lounge
Answer library · Injectables

Injectables: Questions Answered

1155 answers from 83 pages.

Every answer here is the one published on the linked page, reviewed by Dr Sin Yong.

WhatsApp to Enquire →
Assessed and planned by Dr Sin Yong, Medical Director · MBBS (NUS) · MRCS (Edinburgh) · MSc Aesthetic Medicine (London) · MSc Practical Dermatology (Cardiff) · Designated DEKA Centre of Excellence

Questions about injectables answered on IN Eternity Clinic's treatment pages and guides, collected in one place. Each answer is the one published on the page it links to, reviewed by Dr Sin Yong; open that page for the full context. Back to the answer library.

Aftercare After Laser, Rejuran & Injectables

What is the aftercare for Rejuran?

Expect small raised bumps at the injection points and some redness, which usually settle within one to two days. Avoid make-up for the rest of the day, and avoid saunas, alcohol and strenuous exercise for a day or two. Cleanse gently, use sunscreen and do not massage the area. Sessions are usually spaced several weeks apart as a course.

Read more: Aftercare After Laser, Rejuran & Injectables

How do I care for my skin after CO2 laser?

Keep it clean and moist with the ointment you were given, sleep slightly propped up for the first nights, and do not pick at crusts. Make-up and active skincare wait until the surface has closed, usually after about a week. Sun protection is strict for the following weeks because Asian skin is prone to post-inflammatory pigmentation.

Read more: Aftercare After Laser, Rejuran & Injectables

When can I wear make-up after treatment?

It depends on the treatment. After most injectables and lifting treatments, light make-up is usually fine from the next day. After skin boosters such as Rejuran, wait at least until the next day. After CO2 laser resurfacing, wait until the clinic confirms the surface has closed, usually around a week. Your written instructions take precedence.

Read more: Aftercare After Laser, Rejuran & Injectables

When can I exercise again?

After injections and skin boosters, avoid strenuous exercise for 24 to 48 hours. After HIFU or radiofrequency lifting, most people return to exercise within a day. After CO2 laser, avoid heavy sweating until the skin has closed. After body contouring, light activity is encouraged. If your plan differs, the clinic will tell you at the session.

Read more: Aftercare After Laser, Rejuran & Injectables

What signs mean I should call the clinic straight away?

After filler: severe or increasing pain, a pale, dusky or mottled patch of skin, or any change in vision. After laser: spreading redness, pus, fever, unexpected blisters or cold-sore-like spots. After any treatment: anything getting worse rather than better. WhatsApp +65 8815 3008 and say it is urgent; if symptoms are severe, go to the nearest emergency department.

Read more: Aftercare After Laser, Rejuran & Injectables

Do I need to stop my skincare around treatment?

Often, yes. Retinoids, exfoliating acids and scrubs are usually paused for a few days around lasers and resurfacing, and restarted only when the skin has settled. Sunscreen continues throughout. If you take isotretinoin (a prescription acne medicine) or other prescription medicines, tell Dr Sin Yong at assessment, as this can change the timing of procedures.

Read more: Aftercare After Laser, Rejuran & Injectables

Anti-Wrinkle Injection Price Singapore

How much do anti-wrinkle injections cost in Singapore?

It depends on the number of units each area needs, how many areas are treated, which product is used and whether review is included. A single frown treatment and a plan covering frown, forehead and crow’s feet differ considerably. At IN Eternity Clinic, Dr Sin Yong examines your expressions and gives a written quote before treatment.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injection Price Singapore

Why do some clinics price per unit and others per area?

Per-unit pricing ties cost to dose; per-area pricing gives a fixed figure for a usual dose range. Both can be fair if the product and planned dose are stated. Neither is useful if the product is unnamed or the dose is not written down.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injection Price Singapore

Can I compare unit prices between different brands?

No. Units of different botulinum toxin type A products are not equivalent, so a per-unit price for one cannot be compared directly with another. Compare complete plans that name the product and state the dose for each area. That is the fair basis for comparison.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injection Price Singapore

Is the two-week review included?

This varies between clinics, so ask. At IN Eternity Clinic the written quote states how the review at about two weeks works and how any small adjustment is handled, so you know before treatment rather than after. Clinics differ on this, so it is worth asking everywhere.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injection Price Singapore

How often will I need treatment?

Effects usually last a few months, varying with the area, dose and your own metabolism. Many people return two to four times a year, but the interval is decided by how your face responds, not by a fixed schedule sold in advance.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injection Price Singapore

Why does jaw slimming cost more than frown lines?

The masseter is a much larger muscle and needs a considerably higher dose. Larger areas such as the shoulders or underarms also need more product. These are quoted as separate treatments after assessment. Each is reviewed in the same way as facial treatment, at around two weeks.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injection Price Singapore

Can a beautician give anti-wrinkle injections?

No. In Singapore botulinum toxin is a prescription medicine that must be prescribed and administered by a doctor. If someone other than a doctor offers to inject it, that is a reason to walk away whatever the price. You can check a clinic’s licence before booking.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injection Price Singapore

Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

How long do anti-wrinkle injections last?

Usually about three to four months, sometimes longer, depending on the product, dose, area and individual. Many people repeat treatment two or three times a year.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

What is the difference between botulinum toxin products?

All are botulinum toxin A formulations but with different diffusion profiles, onset times and dosing. Dr Sin Yong selects the most appropriate product for each zone and patient.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Do anti-wrinkle injections make my face look frozen?

Only with excessive doses. Dr Sin Yong calibrates BTX to relax the target muscle while preserving natural expression — a frozen look usually reflects dose and placement rather than the medicine itself.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can anti-wrinkle injections slim the face?

Masseter BTX reduces jaw muscle bulk progressively over 4–6 weeks — slimming the lower face width. The effect usually lasts several months and needs maintenance.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Are anti-wrinkle injections safe long-term?

Botulinum toxin has been used in medicine for over 30 years, and long-term use at appropriate doses is generally well tolerated. Side effects are usually small and temporary.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

What dose is used for frown lines?

For frown lines (glabellar 11 lines), the dose is calibrated to the individual patient's corrugator and procerus muscle mass and expression strength, and depends on the botulinum toxin formulation selected for the patient.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can anti-wrinkle injections be used for body contouring in Singapore?

Yes — botulinum toxin treatments for body contouring in Singapore include: masseter jaw slimming (smaller lower face), trapezius slimming for a more feminine shoulder line, and calf slimming injections for leg contouring. All work by causing progressive muscle volume reduction over 4–6 weeks at the injection site. Results last 3–6 months depending on the muscle treated.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

What is the anti-wrinkle injection price in Singapore?

Anti-wrinkle injection pricing in Singapore varies by treatment zone, units required and formulation — priced per unit with the total depending on the area treated. A personalised quote is provided at consultation. WhatsApp +65 8815 3008 to enquire about anti-wrinkle treatment pricing in Singapore.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

What is trapezius slimming and what does it do?

Trapezius slimming involves injecting botulinum toxin into the trapezius muscle of the upper back/shoulder. This reduces the muscle bulk progressively — creating a more feminine, sloped shoulder-to-neck transition and visually elongating the neck. Some people also find it eases trapezius-related tension and neck stiffness. Trapezius slimming treatment in Singapore lasts 3–5 months.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Are anti-wrinkle injections painful?

A very fine needle is used and most patients report only a brief pinprick at each point. No numbing is usually required, and the treatment takes only a few minutes. What to expect is explained beforehand at IN Eternity Clinic.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

How often do I need anti-wrinkle treatment?

The effect is not permanent and is typically maintained with treatment every few months as movement gradually returns. The exact interval varies by individual and is planned at consultation.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

How do anti-wrinkle injections work?

Anti-wrinkle injections relax the specific muscles responsible for dynamic lines — the creases that form with expression — by temporarily reducing their contraction. Softening that movement eases the lines it produces. The effect is not permanent and is typically maintained every few months as movement gradually returns. At IN Eternity Clinic the muscles treated and the dose are planned to keep expression natural.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

How much is anti-wrinkle treatment in Singapore?

Anti-wrinkle pricing depends on the areas treated and the amount of product each requires, which differ from person to person. Because the plan is tailored, a figure follows assessment rather than a fixed menu price. The full plan and cost are explained at consultation at IN Eternity Clinic before anything proceeds.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

How do you reduce wrinkles?

Wrinkles fall into two kinds: dynamic lines from muscle movement, softened by anti-wrinkle injections, and static lines etched over time, which respond to collagen-stimulating treatments, resurfacing or volume. Effective plans match the treatment to the wrinkle type. At IN Eternity Clinic this is assessed by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong so expression stays natural.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

How do you get rid of forehead wrinkles?

Forehead lines are usually dynamic — produced by the muscles that raise the brow — and are softened by relaxing those muscles with anti-wrinkle injections. Where lines have become static, collagen-stimulating or resurfacing treatments help. The dose is planned at IN Eternity Clinic to soften lines while keeping natural movement.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Are "Botox" and anti-wrinkle injections the same thing?

People often use the brand name for the whole category. Anti-wrinkle injections are botulinum toxin type A, a prescription medicine sold under several brand names in Singapore, each registered with the Health Sciences Authority. They work the same way but differ slightly in formulation and dosing units. Dr Sin Yong chooses the product and dose for each area at assessment, and the one used is recorded in your notes.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

How early should I have anti-wrinkle injections before an event?

Book at least two weeks ahead. The effect starts within a few days but takes up to two weeks to settle fully, and the two-week mark is when any small adjustment is made. Having treatment the day before an event risks visible injection marks or a bruise without the softening having appeared yet.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

What happens if I stop having anti-wrinkle injections?

Muscle activity returns over a few months and the lines gradually come back to how they would have been. Stopping does not make wrinkles worse than before. People who have had regular treatment for some time sometimes find their lines are softer than expected, because the muscles were less active during that period.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can anti-wrinkle injections and fillers be done on the same day?

Often yes, in different areas, and the plan is set at assessment. Where both are used in the same zone, injections are commonly placed first or at a separate visit so the filler is shaped against settled muscle activity. Dr Sin Yong explains the order for your face and why.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

How soon do anti-wrinkle injections work?

Most people notice the first softening within two to four days, as frowning or raising the brows becomes harder. The full effect usually settles by about two weeks, which is when any small adjustment is made.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Are anti-wrinkle injections suitable for men?

Yes. Men usually have stronger, larger muscles and different brow shapes, so doses and placement differ. The aim is to soften lines while keeping a natural, flatter male brow rather than an arched one.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can anti-wrinkle injections lift the brows?

A small lift of the outer brow is possible by relaxing the muscles that pull it down, while keeping the forehead muscle that raises it. The change is modest. Heavy hooding from excess skin needs a different approach.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Is micro-dosing the same as a standard anti-wrinkle treatment?

No. Micro-dosing spreads very small doses in the skin for surface smoothness, pores and oil, keeping most movement. Standard treatment places the dose into the muscle to soften frown, forehead or crow’s feet lines. They answer different goals.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can I exercise after anti-wrinkle injections?

Avoid strenuous exercise, lying flat, facials and rubbing the area for the rest of the day, so the medicine stays where it was placed. Normal exercise can resume the next day.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Are anti-wrinkle injections safe for darker skin?

Anti-wrinkle injections act on muscle, not on pigment, and are not a heat or light treatment, so skin types III to V do not carry the pigment risk that some lasers do. A pinprick bruise can leave a brown mark for a short while in darker skin. Dosing depends on muscle strength and expression pattern rather than skin colour.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can I wear make-up after anti-wrinkle injections?

Keep make-up off the injection points for a few hours, and apply it gently without rubbing or massaging the treated areas for the rest of the day. Avoid facials, face massage and pressing tools such as rollers until the next day. Mineral sunscreen can be applied lightly. Most people go back to their usual routine the following morning.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can anti-wrinkle injections help an oily face in Singapore’s humidity?

Micro-dose treatment, with very small doses spread in the skin, may reduce oiliness and make pores look finer for a period, while keeping most movement. It is a different technique from standard line treatment. Oil and pores have several causes, so a skin plan may also include laser or skincare; see enlarged pores.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can anti-wrinkle injections cause a droopy eyelid?

It is uncommon. If the medicine spreads to the muscle that lifts the upper eyelid, the lid can feel heavy or droop slightly for a few weeks until the effect wears off. Careful dosing, placement away from the brow and eyelid, and not rubbing the area afterwards lower the risk. Tell the clinic if it happens, as it can be assessed and sometimes helped.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can you become resistant to anti-wrinkle injections?

It is uncommon. A small number of people develop antibodies that make the medicine work less well, and the risk is thought to be higher with large doses and frequent extra doses at short intervals. Shorter results are more often due to strong muscles, a low dose or the product. Keeping doses sensible and intervals of a few months helps.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Are units the same between anti-wrinkle injection brands?

No. Each product is measured in its own units, and they are not interchangeable, so the same number of units means different things for different brands. That is why a quote or plan should name the product. Doses in studies are usually given for a specific product, and your own dose is set at assessment.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Do I need a review after anti-wrinkle injections?

A review at about two weeks is worthwhile, especially for a first treatment. By then the effect has settled, so any asymmetry or a line that still moves can be adjusted with a small extra dose. It also records how your muscles responded, which makes the next treatment more precise. At IN Eternity Clinic it is part of the plan.

Read more: Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Chanel Injection Singapore

What is the Chanel injection?

It is a social-media nickname for NCTF 135HA, a mesotherapy product from Filorga. It combines non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid with over 50 vitamins, amino acids, minerals, coenzymes and antioxidants, injected superficially in many tiny points to support hydration and radiance rather than to change shape.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

Is the Chanel injection made by Chanel?

No. The name is informal and has no connection with any fashion house. The product most commonly meant is made by Filorga, a French medical aesthetics company. Because nicknames vary between clinics and countries, it is worth asking exactly which product is being offered under that name.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

Does the Chanel injection work?

Laboratory studies show the solution can change skin cell activity, and small clinical series report better hydration and radiance. However, controlled clinical evidence is limited, and one controlled study of a similar multi-ingredient mesotherapy found no significant change. Expectations should be modest.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

How is NCTF different from Profhilo?

Both contain hyaluronic acid. Profhilo uses a high concentration of stabilised hybrid hyaluronic acid that spreads from a few points and has a more developed evidence base. NCTF uses non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a lower concentration with many added ingredients, placed through many tiny injections.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

Is NCTF 135HA available in Singapore?

Any injectable used in Singapore should be registered with HSA. Check the exact product on HSA’s online register of medical devices, or ask the clinic to show you the registration details before treatment. IN Eternity Clinic offers NCTF 135HA; you can ask to see the product and its details before treatment, and Dr Sin Yong will explain any alternatives that may suit you better.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

What are the side effects?

Small bumps, redness, pinpoint bruising and mild swelling are common for a day or two. Less commonly, lumps, allergic reactions or infection can occur. Infection risk is higher when mesotherapy is done outside proper medical settings or with products of uncertain origin, so where it is done matters.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

How much does the Chanel injection cost in Singapore?

Fees depend on the product used, the areas treated and the number of sessions in a course. Because evidence is limited and effects need maintenance, it is worth comparing the cost of the full course with alternatives that have a clearer mechanism. This is discussed at consultation.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

How long does the Chanel injection last?

Because the hyaluronic acid in NCTF is not cross-linked, the body breaks it down relatively quickly. Any hydration effect is temporary, which is why it is given as a course followed by maintenance. How long it lasts varies between people.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

How many Chanel injection sessions are needed?

Courses commonly consist of several sessions spaced a few weeks apart, followed by maintenance. The number depends on the skin and the goal, and is reviewed as the course goes on.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

Is the Chanel injection a skin booster?

It is usually grouped with skin boosters, but it is a mesotherapy product rather than a stabilised booster. Profhilo, a stabilised hybrid hyaluronic acid, and polynucleotides such as Rejuran work differently and have a more developed evidence base.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

What does NCTF stand for?

New Cellular Treatment Factor. It is Filorga’s name for its multi-ingredient mesotherapy range, and NCTF 135HA is the product usually meant by the Chanel injection nickname.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

Is there downtime after a Chanel injection?

Usually a day or two of small bumps, redness and pinpoint marks, with possible bruising. Because many superficial injections are used, it is worth allowing a few days before an important event.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

Does the Chanel injection hurt?

Most people feel a series of quick pricks and some stinging, eased by numbing cream applied for about 20 to 30 minutes beforehand. The eye area and around the mouth are usually the most sensitive. Small bumps and pinpoint marks follow for a day or two. Stamping devices can feel quicker than manual injections, but both are short sessions.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

Can men have the Chanel injection?

Yes. The product and technique are the same, and men often ask about it for dull, dehydrated skin or the eye area. Thicker skin and beard areas may change where and how densely it is placed. As for anyone, the first question is what is causing the dull look, because pigment or texture may need a different treatment.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

Is the Chanel injection suitable for sensitive skin?

It can be, with care. Many superficial injections can flare rosacea, eczema or reactive skin, so treatment waits until the skin is calm, and a smaller first area may be advised. People with a history of allergy to any ingredient should not have it. Where sensitivity is the main problem, a repair-focused booster may suit better.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

Can the Chanel injection be combined with other treatments?

Often, with spacing. It can sit within a plan that includes lasers, peels or other skin boosters, but treatments that inflame the skin are usually separated by a week or more so that marks and swelling can settle. The order is set at assessment so that each step can be judged on its own.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

Does IN Eternity Clinic offer the Chanel injection?

Yes, NCTF mesotherapy is offered after assessment with Dr Sin Yong, who will also tell you if another option suits your skin better. The product is named and shown in its sealed pack before treatment, and the plan sets out the number of sessions and what maintenance would involve. The consultation fee is waived with any medical treatment.

Read more: Chanel Injection Singapore

Cheek Filler Singapore

How many ml of filler do the cheeks need?

Most people need about 1–2 ml on each side. The exact amount depends on how much volume has been lost and how much projection you want, and Dr Sin Yong recommends a volume at consultation.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

What does a natural cheek filler result look like?

Placed at the right anatomical depth, cheek filler gives a natural-looking restoration of the midface: more defined cheekbones, softer nasolabial folds and a fresher, lifted look overall. It should never look puffy or overdone. At IN Eternity Clinic the aim is for you to look like a well-rested, naturally youthful version of yourself.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Is there downtime?

Minimal. Some swelling for 2–3 days and occasional bruising. Most patients are socially presentable within 24–48 hours.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Is cheek filler an alternative to a facelift?

Not when facial ageing is advanced. For early to moderate midface descent, however, restoring cheek volume is a well-established non-surgical way to refresh the face.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

How long does cheek filler last?

Often around 12–18 months, varying with filler type and between people. Collagen-stimulating fillers may have progressively longer-lasting results.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

How much does cheek filler cost in Singapore?

Cheek filler Singapore price depends on the volume required (typically 1–2ml per side) and the filler product used. The consultation fee is waived with any medical treatment. A personalised filler price Singapore quote based on your anatomy and goals will be provided at consultation.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Can I have tear trough and cheek filler in one session?

Yes, the two are often combined in a single visit. Loss of midface volume frequently contributes to hollowness under the eyes, so treating both together tends to give a more balanced result. Dr Sin Yong decides at consultation whether a combined approach suits you, based on your anatomy and your main concern.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Which filler is used for the cheeks?

At IN Eternity Clinic, Dr Sin Yong uses hyaluronic acid (HA) filler for the cheeks, choosing a viscosity and cohesivity suited to each layer. If you would prefer longer-lasting collagen stimulation, biostimulator options can also be discussed at consultation.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Are cheek fillers painful?

Most patients tolerate the treatment well. A fine needle or cannula is used, the products often contain a local anaesthetic, and numbing cream can be applied beforehand, so discomfort is usually brief and mild. What to expect is explained before treatment.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

How many sessions of cheek fillers will I need?

Many patients achieve their result in a single session, with a review afterwards to fine-tune if needed. How much is done at once depends on your features and goals, and is planned by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong at consultation.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Will people notice I had cheek filler?

For the first day or two there can be some swelling or a small bruise. After that, the aim is that people say you look rested or well rather than that something has changed. Volumes are kept moderate and placed for structure, so the change reads as fresher cheekbones and softer smile lines rather than visibly fuller cheeks.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Can I exercise or have a facial after cheek filler?

Strenuous exercise, saunas and hot yoga are avoided for 24 to 48 hours, as heat and exertion can increase swelling and bruising. Facials, firm facial massage and lying face down on a massage table are left for about two weeks, so the filler is not pushed out of position while it settles.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

How far ahead of a wedding or photoshoot should I have cheek filler?

Allow at least two weeks. That leaves time for swelling and any bruising to settle and for the review visit, where a small refinement can be made if needed. Treating a few days before an event leaves no margin if a bruise appears.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Cheek filler or a thread lift: which do I need?

It depends on whether the cheek has lost volume or slipped down. Filler replaces volume and restores the cheekbone contour; a thread lift in Singapore repositions tissue that has descended but adds no volume. Many faces show some of both, as explained under skin laxity, so lifting often comes first and less filler is needed afterwards.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Will cheek filler make my face look wider?

It can if product is placed too far out on the side of the cheek, which is a common worry with fuller Asian midfaces. Dr Sin Yong usually places support towards the front of the cheek and along the bone rather than widening the face, and judges it from the front and in profile. How the shape is planned is explained under why cheeks flatten with age on this page.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Can cheek filler be dissolved if I do not like it?

Hyaluronic acid cheek filler can usually be broken down with hyaluronidase, an enzyme kept at the clinic, either partly to refine the shape or fully. Collagen stimulators such as Radiesse cannot be dissolved, which is one reason hyaluronic acid is often suggested for a first treatment and why amounts are kept modest.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Is cheek filler safe for darker skin types?

Filler is an injection rather than a heat-based treatment, so it carries little of the pigment risk that lasers can in skin types III to V. Occasionally a bruise leaves a brown mark that fades over weeks, more often in darker skin, so a cannula, slow injection and sun protection on any bruise are used to reduce it.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Does cheek filler lift the face?

It can give a modest lift to the midface and soften the fold beside the nose when placed as support near the bone. It does not lift loose skin along the jaw. Where descent is the main problem, lifting treatments such as VF Lift – Vertical Facelift are usually the better first step, and less filler is needed afterwards.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Is cheek filler or Sculptra better for hollow cheeks?

Neither is better in general. Filler gives an immediate change, and hyaluronic acid can be adjusted or dissolved. Sculptra builds collagen gradually over months for a softer, broader change, but it cannot be dissolved. The choice depends on how much volume is missing, how quickly you want to see change and how you feel about maintenance.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Is cheek augmentation different from cheek lifting?

Yes. Cheek augmentation adds or restores volume, usually with filler or a collagen stimulator. Cheek lifting repositions tissue that has descended, with energy-based treatments or threads, and adds no volume. Many faces need a little of both, and lifting often comes first.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

What is pillow face, and how is it avoided?

Pillow face is the round, overfilled look that comes from too much filler in the cheeks and midface, often built up over several sessions. It is avoided by treating descent with lifting rather than volume, placing small amounts deep near the bone, and reviewing the settled result before adding more. Hyaluronic acid can be dissolved if a face already looks heavy.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

What are the side effects of cheek filler?

Swelling, tenderness and bruising for a few days are common. A small lump, infection or a delayed inflammatory reaction is uncommon. Rarely, filler blocks a blood vessel, which shows as pale, dusky or mottled skin or increasing pain and needs urgent care; any change in vision needs the nearest emergency department.

Read more: Cheek Filler Singapore

Chin Fillers Singapore

How much filler is needed for chin enhancement?

Typically 0.5–2ml depending on the degree of projection or lengthening needed. The amount is set by the projection needed, and many people need less than they expect.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

How long does chin filler last?

Often around 12–15 months, depending on the filler used and the person. The chin is a low-movement zone, so filler longevity is favourable. Radiesse, Dr Sin Yong's preferred choice for chin enhancement, provides strong structural definition and lasts towards the upper end of this range. Regarding chin filler swelling stages: initial swelling peaks at 24–48 hours, largely resolves by day 3–5, and the final settled result is visible at 2 weeks. The chin area tends to swell less than softer facial zones, so downtime is generally minimal.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Is chin filler or surgical implant better?

Filler allows both doctor and patient to establish the ideal projection before committing to a permanent implant. Many patients find the filler result sufficient and choose ongoing maintenance rather than surgery.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Can chin filler be combined with jaw filler?

Yes — chin and jaw angle filler in the same session creates a complete V-shape jawline improvement. The combination is commonly planned when the whole lower-face outline needs balance.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Is there downtime?

Mild bruising and swelling for 2–5 days is common. Chin filler swelling stages are predictable: peak at day 1–2, significant reduction by day 3–4, fully settled at 2 weeks. Most patients are socially presentable within 1–2 days.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

What is the price of chin fillers in Singapore?

Chin filler price in Singapore depends on the filler product used and volume required. As a guide, chin dermal filler treatment typically uses 0.5–2ml per session. The consultation fee is waived with any medical treatment. A personalised quote based on your anatomy and goals is provided at consultation.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Can chin fillers create a V-shape face effect?

Yes — chin filler projection is a key component of a V-shape face treatment in Singapore. Combined with jaw slimming Singapore BTX (masseter reduction) and face slimming Singapore treatments, chin fillers create a tapered lower face with a defined tip — completing the V-shape face procedure without surgery.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Why does Dr Sin Yong prefer Radiesse for chin augmentation?

Radiesse provides stronger structural definition than HA fillers — its calcium hydroxylapatite consistency is firmer and creates a sharper, more defined chin point that holds its shape better at the pogonion. It also stimulates collagen alongside the immediate volumising effect. Dr Sin Yong prefers Radiesse for chin augmentation fillers Singapore patients wanting a more defined chin point, while recommending HA filler for first-time patients who want to preview the result before committing.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Are chin fillers painful?

Most patients tolerate the treatment well. A fine needle or cannula is used, the products often contain a local anaesthetic, and numbing cream can be applied beforehand, so discomfort is usually brief and mild. What to expect is explained before treatment.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

How many sessions of chin fillers will I need?

Many patients achieve their result in a single session, with a review afterwards to fine-tune if needed. How much is done at once depends on your features and goals, and is planned by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong at consultation.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Will people notice I had chin filler?

You will see the change most in profile photographs. Other people usually notice that your face looks more balanced, or that your jawline looks sharper, without identifying a chin treatment. Swelling for the first day or two can make the chin look slightly fuller than the settled result, so a quiet day afterwards suits some people.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Can I exercise or rest my chin on my hand after treatment?

Strenuous exercise, saunas and alcohol are avoided for 24 to 48 hours. For the first week, avoid pressing on the chin, resting it on your hand, tight chin straps such as helmet straps, and facials that work on the lower face, so the product is not moved while it settles.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Will chin filler change my smile or speech?

It should not. The product sits deep on the bone, away from the muscles you use to smile and speak. For a day or two the chin may feel tight when you pout or purse your lips. Numbness or unevenness of the lower lip is not expected and should be reported to the clinic.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Can chin filler fix a double chin?

It can help when a recessed chin is part of the reason the neck line looks soft, because projecting the chin tightens the angle under the jaw. It does not remove fat under the chin. Where fat or loose skin is the main cause, other treatments are planned instead or as well.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Is chin filler suitable for men?

Yes. The aim in men is usually a stronger, wider chin and a straighter jawline rather than a pointed chin, so placement and product are adjusted. Calcium hydroxylapatite is often chosen for its firmness.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Can chin filler be dissolved?

Hyaluronic acid chin filler can usually be dissolved with hyaluronidase. Calcium hydroxylapatite cannot, and softens only as the body breaks it down, which is why hyaluronic acid is often suggested for a first treatment.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Does chin filler correct an overbite or jaw position?

No. Filler adds projection at the chin point; it does not move the jaw or change the bite. Where the jaw sits well back or the bite is the main issue, an orthodontic or jaw surgery opinion is the honest recommendation.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

When will I see the final result of chin filler?

The new projection is visible straight away, but the chin is usually a little swollen for the first few days, so it can look fuller than intended. The settled shape is clear after about two weeks, and Dr Sin Yong reviews it at two to four weeks, when a small refinement can be made if one side or the tip needs it.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Is chin filler suitable for Asian faces and darker skin?

Yes, and it is one of the more common requests here, because a short or slightly retruded chin is frequent in East and South-East Asian faces. The aim is balance with the nose and lips rather than a long, pointed chin, as set out on V-shape face concerns. As an injection, it carries little pigment risk in darker skin.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Chin filler or jaw slimming injections: which makes the face look slimmer?

They do different jobs. Jaw slimming injections narrow a wide jaw angle when a bulky masseter muscle is the cause; chin filler adds length or projection at the front. A face can look slimmer from either, and many plans use both. The face slimming guide compares the options.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Can I have chin filler if I already have a chin implant?

Usually it is approached with caution. Filler is not placed over or around a surgical implant without knowing its type and position, and a surgical opinion is often the better route for changing an implant result. Bring any operation records to the assessment so Dr Sin Yong can advise whether filler has a sensible role.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

What if my chin looks uneven after filler?

Some unevenness in the first week is usually swelling, which settles on its own. If the chin still looks uneven at the two- to four-week review, small adjustments are usually possible. Hyaluronic acid can be dissolved if needed; calcium hydroxylapatite and polycaprolactone cannot, which is why they are placed in small amounts. Pain, colour change or increasing swelling should be reported to the clinic at once.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

How soon can I return to work after chin filler?

Most people return to work the same day or the next. The chin may look swollen or slightly larger for a few days, and small entry marks or a bruise can show, which make-up can cover from the next day. If you have an important event, allow about two weeks for swelling to settle fully.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Can I wear make-up after chin filler?

Wait until the next day so the entry points can close, then apply make-up gently with clean fingertips or brushes, without pressing or massaging the chin. Avoid facial treatments, masks that need firm pressure and chin straps for about two weeks while the product settles.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Can chin filler migrate?

It is uncommon when product is placed deep on the bone in small amounts, because the chin moves little. Migration is more often linked to superficial placement, large volumes or repeated treatment while earlier filler remains, and it can make the chin look longer or fuller below the jaw. It is checked with ultrasound, and hyaluronic acid can be dissolved.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

What are the warning signs after chin filler?

Contact the clinic immediately if skin over the chin or lower lip turns pale, dusky or mottled, or pain is severe or increasing; for any change in vision, go to the nearest emergency department. New numbness of the lip, spreading redness, heat or fever in the following days also need prompt review.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Can chin filler cause lumps?

Small firm areas in the first week are usually swelling and settle. A persistent nodule is uncommon and slightly more likely with calcium hydroxylapatite, which cannot be dissolved, so it is placed in small amounts. A hyaluronic acid lump can usually be dissolved. Anything firm, tender or growing weeks later is reviewed in person, often with ultrasound.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Can chin filler cause numbness?

Brief numbness follows the local anaesthetic, and mild, temporary numbness of the lower lip or chin can come from swelling or pressure near the mental nerve. It usually settles within days to weeks. Numbness that is new, worsening or one-sided after the anaesthetic has worn off should be reported so it can be assessed.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

How soon can I have more chin filler?

Not before the review at two to four weeks, when swelling has gone and the true shape can be judged; small refinements are planned then. After that, further treatment follows how the chin looks rather than a timetable, because chin filler often lasts a year or more and adding over existing product can lengthen the chin.

Read more: Chin Fillers Singapore

Collagen Injection Singapore

What is a collagen injection?

It can mean an injection of collagen itself, which is now uncommon, or, more often, an injection that makes your own skin produce collagen. At IN Eternity Clinic that means biostimulators (Sculptra, Radiesse, Ellansé, Juvelook) and skin boosters (Profhilo, Skinvive, Rejuran, Plinest).

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

Does IN Eternity Clinic inject collagen itself?

No. The clinic does not offer injectable animal collagen such as Linerase. It uses products that stimulate your own collagen or improve skin quality, chosen after assessment.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

Which collagen injection is right for me?

There is no single answer. Lost support at the temples, cheeks or jawline usually points to a biostimulator; thin, dull or dehydrated skin to a skin booster. Dr Sin Yong examines which you have, and many plans use one of each.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

How long does a collagen injection take to work?

Biostimulators build gradually, usually judged around three months after the last session. Skin boosters are judged a few weeks after a short course. Radiesse and Ellansé also give some support on the day from their gel.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

How long do collagen injection results last?

It varies with the product, your age, skin and sun exposure, and the face keeps ageing. Biostimulator results are often seen for a year or more and skin boosters for some months, and both are usually maintained. These are general patterns, not a promise.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

Is a collagen injection the same as a filler?

No. A hyaluronic acid filler adds volume immediately and can be dissolved. A biostimulator works mainly through new collagen over months and cannot be dissolved, so it is planned conservatively and built up over sessions.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

What are the side effects of collagen injections?

Swelling, tenderness and bruising for a few days are common. Lumps or nodules are uncommon and are reduced by careful technique. Blocked blood flow is rare but urgent, which is why a doctor injects and explains the warning signs.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

Are collagen drinks as good as collagen injections?

They do different things. Drinks are digested into peptides and may have modest effects on skin hydration; they cannot rebuild support in a chosen area. Injections place a stimulator or booster exactly where it is needed.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

Does a collagen injection hurt?

Most people describe brief pricks and a sense of pressure rather than sharp pain. Numbing cream is applied first, several products contain or are mixed with a local anaesthetic, and deeper stimulators are often placed by cannula through a few entry points. Areas with thin skin, such as near the nose and mouth, tend to feel more.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

Is a collagen injection safe for darker skin types?

Collagen injections do not use heat, so the pigment risk that lasers carry in skin types III to V is much lower. Occasionally a bruise or inflamed bump leaves a brown mark that fades over weeks. Gentle aftercare and sun protection reduce it; more on planning treatments for darker skin tones.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

Sculptra or Radiesse: how do they differ as collagen injections?

Sculptra (PLLA) gives little volume on the day and builds collagen gradually over a course, so it suits broad volume loss. Radiesse (CaHA) gives support straight away from its gel and then prompts collagen, so it suits defined structure such as the jaw or chin. The Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé comparison goes further.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

Can I wear make-up after a collagen injection?

Usually from the next day, once the entry points have closed and any bumps have settled. Applying make-up over fresh injection points on the same day adds a small risk of infection. Mineral make-up or concealer over a bruise is fine after that first day, using clean brushes and avoiding firm rubbing of treated areas.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

At what age should I consider a collagen injection?

There is no set age. Collagen falls steadily from early adulthood, faster with sun, so some people in their thirties choose a skin booster for quality, while biostimulators are more often considered once support starts to change. Typical changes in each decade are set out on ageing by decade.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

What is a collagen skin booster?

It is an injectable intended to increase collagen in the skin. Most, such as PDLLA (for example Juvelook) and diluted PLLA (for example Sculptra), are biostimulators that prompt your own skin to make collagen over months. A smaller group, ECM or atelocollagen boosters, supply purified animal collagen directly. They work differently and carry different risks.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

Is Juvelook a collagen booster?

Yes, in the biostimulator sense. Juvelook contains poly-D,L-lactic acid microspheres with a little hyaluronic acid. It does not contain collagen; it prompts fibroblasts to build new collagen around the microspheres over the weeks after each session. It is used for texture, crepiness and shallow scars, not for volume.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

Can Sculptra be used as a skin booster?

Diluted further and spread more widely, poly-L-lactic acid is used for skin firmness on areas such as the neck, arms and abdomen, as well as for facial volume. Used this way it behaves like a slow skin booster. Placement depth, dilution and massage are planned carefully to reduce the risk of nodules.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

What is a collagen stimulator?

A collagen stimulator, or biostimulator, is an injectable gel carrying particles that the body slowly breaks down. The particles prompt fibroblasts to lay down new collagen, so support builds over weeks to months. Sculptra, Radiesse, Ellansé and Juvelook are examples. None can be dissolved with an enzyme, so they are placed conservatively.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

Can a nodule after a collagen stimulator be treated?

Usually, though more slowly than a lump of hyaluronic acid, because these materials cannot be dissolved with an enzyme. Early nodules often soften with time and the aftercare given. Persistent, growing or inflamed nodules are examined, sometimes with ultrasound, and treated in clinic rather than massaged at home.

Read more: Collagen Injection Singapore

Collagen Stimulator Side Effects

What are the side effects of Ellansé?

Ellansé side effects are usually swelling, bruising and tenderness for a few days. Nodules can occur, especially with superficial placement or overdosing, because collagen forms over what is placed. Vascular events are rare but serious with any injectable. Polycaprolactone cannot be dissolved, so it is placed deep and conservatively.

Read more: Collagen Stimulator Side Effects

Can collagen stimulators be dissolved like filler?

No. Hyaluronidase breaks down hyaluronic acid only; it has no effect on poly-L-lactic acid, calcium hydroxylapatite, polycaprolactone or poly-D,L-lactic acid. Lumps or excess are managed by waiting, medical treatment of inflamed nodules, or energy-based approaches for excess Sculptra or Ellansé, decided at assessment.

Read more: Collagen Stimulator Side Effects

How common are nodules after collagen stimulators?

Small papules you can feel are commoner than visible nodules, and visible nodules are uncommon with careful technique. In a review of calcium hydroxylapatite covering 5,081 treatments, 173 adverse events were reported, and 166 of those were nodules. Rates depend heavily on dose, dilution, depth and area.

Read more: Collagen Stimulator Side Effects

When do Sculptra or Radiesse nodules appear?

Visible nodules usually appear in the weeks to months after treatment rather than in the first days, which is why reviews continue after the injections. Rare inflammatory granulomas can appear months or even years later. Any lump that is red, tender, growing or new should be examined.

Read more: Collagen Stimulator Side Effects

Which collagen stimulator has the fewest side effects?

There is no single answer, because the side effects depend more on dose, dilution, depth and area than on the brand. Each has a slightly different pattern: Juvelook has booster-like bumps, Radiesse and Ellansé give immediate support, and Sculptra builds gradually. The choice is made for the concern and the face.

Read more: Collagen Stimulator Side Effects

Can collagen stimulators be used in the lips?

Not at IN Eternity Clinic. The lips are thin and constantly moving, which raises the risk of firm nodules, and these products cannot be dissolved. Lips are treated with hyaluronic acid only, so that it can be adjusted or dissolved if needed.

Read more: Collagen Stimulator Side Effects

Is swelling after Sculptra normal?

Yes. Swelling and early fullness for a few days are normal, partly from the fluid the product is mixed with, and they fade as that is absorbed. The real effect builds gradually over the following weeks to months as collagen forms. A visible lump that appears later should be reviewed.

Read more: Collagen Stimulator Side Effects

What should I do if I have a lump after a collagen stimulator?

Contact the clinic that treated you and describe or photograph it. It is examined, often with ultrasound, to see whether it is product, swelling or inflammation. Do not massage a red, tender or growing lump unless advised. Pale or dusky skin, severe pain or any change in vision needs urgent help.

Read more: Collagen Stimulator Side Effects

Crow’s Feet Treatment Singapore

What causes crow’s feet?

Repeated contraction of the orbicularis oculi muscle when smiling or squinting folds the thin skin at the outer eye. Over time, sun exposure, natural collagen loss and smoking thin that skin, so the lines stay even at rest. Genetics influence when they appear and how deep they become.

Read more: Crow’s Feet Treatment Singapore

Do anti-wrinkle injections get rid of crow’s feet?

They soften lines caused by muscle movement, usually within about two weeks, and the effect lasts a few months. Lines etched into the skin at rest improve less, because the skin itself has creased. Those typically need skin boosters or laser alongside, planned at assessment.

Read more: Crow’s Feet Treatment Singapore

Will my smile look different after treatment?

It should not, when doses are conservative and placed in the outer part of the muscle. Too much, or placement too close to the cheek, can flatten the smile or affect the lower eyelid. A light first treatment with review lets the dose be adjusted to your expression.

Read more: Crow’s Feet Treatment Singapore

Is laser safe so close to the eye?

Laser can be used around the eyes with suitable settings and protective eye shields. The skin here is thin, so energy and density are lowered and darker skin types are treated cautiously to reduce the risk of pigment change. Suitability is decided at assessment.

Read more: Crow’s Feet Treatment Singapore

At what age should I treat crow’s feet?

There is no set age. Some people in their late twenties notice dynamic lines and choose a light treatment; others wait until lines remain at rest. Sun protection and good skincare help at any age. The decision is yours, made after an honest discussion of what each option can do.

Read more: Crow’s Feet Treatment Singapore

How much does crow’s feet treatment cost?

Cost depends on whether injections, boosters, laser or a combination are needed, how many sessions are planned and the products used. Because the cause varies between people, the plan and its cost are set out at consultation at IN Eternity Clinic before anything is booked.

Read more: Crow’s Feet Treatment Singapore

Can crow’s feet be treated without injections?

Yes, partly. Skin boosters, fractional laser and radiofrequency tightening improve etched, crepey lines and skin quality without injections. They do less for lines that appear only when you smile, because the muscle still folds the skin. Sunscreen, sunglasses and a retinoid help at any stage.

Read more: Crow’s Feet Treatment Singapore

Are crow’s feet worse in Singapore?

Year-round sun and glare are part of it. UV breaks down collagen in the thin skin at the outer eye, and squinting in bright light deepens movement lines. Daily sunscreen, sunglasses and a hat slow both, alongside any treatment.

Read more: Crow’s Feet Treatment Singapore

Delayed Reaction to Filler

Can filler react months or years later?

Yes, although it is uncommon. Delayed reactions have been estimated at about 1.1 per 100 treated people per year for hyaluronic acid filler. They can appear months or years later because the product can remain in the tissue far longer than expected.

Read more: Delayed Reaction to Filler

Why did my filler swell after I had flu?

A flu-like illness is the trigger reported most often. The immune system, activated by the infection, can react to filler it had previously tolerated. The reaction often settles, but it should be seen by a doctor within days to rule out infection.

Read more: Delayed Reaction to Filler

Can a COVID-19 vaccine cause a reaction to filler?

Delayed inflammatory reactions to hyaluronic acid filler after COVID-19 infection or vaccination have been described. They are uncommon and are not a reason to avoid vaccination. If it happens, contact your doctor.

Read more: Delayed Reaction to Filler

Is a delayed reaction to filler dangerous?

It is usually not dangerous, but it should not be ignored, because infection can look similar and needs prompt treatment. Spreading redness, fever or increasing pain need medical care the same day.

Read more: Delayed Reaction to Filler

Will a delayed reaction go away on its own?

Some mild reactions settle as the trigger passes; others need treatment. In one series, the median time to resolution with treatment was about six weeks. A doctor decides whether watchful waiting is reasonable.

Read more: Delayed Reaction to Filler

Should filler be dissolved after a delayed reaction?

Sometimes. If hyaluronic acid product is the source, dissolving may be part of the plan, often after acute inflammation is controlled. The order is decided after examination and ultrasound.

Read more: Delayed Reaction to Filler

Can I have filler again after a delayed reaction?

Possibly, but it needs careful discussion. Repeated reactions, or a strong reaction, may be a reason to avoid more filler in that area and to consider alternatives that add no product.

Read more: Delayed Reaction to Filler

Is a delayed reaction the same as filler migration?

No. Migration is product that has spread beyond where it was placed and usually looks like non-tender fullness. A delayed reaction is inflammation, with swelling, tenderness or redness.

Read more: Delayed Reaction to Filler

Dermal Fillers Singapore

What are dermal fillers made of?

Most are hyaluronic acid gels, a sugar molecule that occurs naturally in skin, cross-linked so they last longer. Others are collagen stimulators: calcium hydroxylapatite (Radiesse), polycaprolactone (Ellansé) and poly-L-lactic acid (Sculptra), which prompt your own collagen over months. The choice depends on the area and the goal.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

How long do dermal fillers last?

It depends on the product, the area and the person. Hyaluronic acid fillers often last around six to eighteen months, sometimes longer in low-movement areas. Collagen stimulators build structure gradually and are designed to last longer. Maintenance is usually a smaller treatment at review.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Are fillers safe?

Most side effects are minor and short-lived: swelling, tenderness and bruising. The rare serious risk is a blocked blood vessel. It is reduced by anatomical planning, slow injection of small amounts, HSA-registered products, a doctor injecting, and hyaluronidase kept on site to treat hyaluronic acid filler problems at once.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Can filler be dissolved?

Hyaluronic acid filler can usually be broken down with hyaluronidase, a prescription enzyme kept at the clinic. Collagen stimulators such as CaHA, PCL and PLLA cannot be dissolved in the same way, which is why they are placed conservatively and why reversibility is discussed before treatment.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Who injects dermal fillers at IN Eternity Clinic?

A doctor. Every plan is set by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong after an in-person assessment, and the injection is given by a doctor who can recognise and manage a complication on the spot.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

How much do dermal fillers cost in Singapore?

It depends on the product, the amount, the areas and what review is included. IN Eternity Clinic gives a written quote after assessment, and the consultation fee is S$120, waived with any medical treatment. Other clinics’ published ranges, read on 20 October 2026, are shown on this page.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Is there downtime after filler?

Most people return to normal activities the same day. Swelling peaks in the first two to three days, bruising is possible, and the result settles over one to two weeks. Strenuous exercise, saunas and pressure on the area are avoided for a day or two.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Should I have filler or a lifting treatment?

It depends on whether the face has lost volume or descended. Filler replaces volume; lifting treatments such as VF Lift – Vertical Facelift, HIFU, Ultherapy or threads reposition or tighten tissue. Many plans lift first and then use less filler.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Does dermal filler hurt?

Most people feel a brief pinch at each entry point and then pressure, rather than sharp pain. Numbing cream is applied first, most hyaluronic acid fillers contain lidocaine, a local anaesthetic, and a blunt cannula through a few entry points reduces the number of pricks. The lips and nose are more sensitive than the cheeks or chin.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

When will I see the final result of dermal fillers?

The change is visible the same day, but swelling makes most areas look fuller for the first few days, especially the lips and under-eyes. The settled result shows after about two weeks, as the gel integrates, and it is judged at a review two to four weeks after treatment, when any small refinement is planned.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Are dermal fillers safe for Asian faces and darker skin?

Yes, when planned for the face in front of the doctor. Asian faces often have a flatter midface, a shorter chin and a lower nasal bridge, so structure is usually placed differently from Western guides. Filler uses no heat, so pigment risk is low, though a bruise can occasionally leave a brown mark; more on darker skin tones.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Can I wear make-up after filler?

Leave make-up off the entry points for the rest of the day, so they can close cleanly; the rest of the face can be made up as usual. From the next day, make-up can cover any small bruise, using clean brushes and without pressing firmly on the treated area for the first few days.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Filler or skin booster: which do I need?

Filler restores shape and support where volume has been lost or was never there. A skin booster improves the skin itself: hydration, fine lines and texture, without changing shape. Many plans use both, with filler for structure and a booster for quality. The skin booster vs filler guide sets out how to tell which you need.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Can dermal fillers cause lumps or migration?

They can, though it is uncommon. Lumps usually come from product placed too superficially or in large amounts, and migration from repeated treatment while older filler remains. Hyaluronic acid can often be corrected with hyaluronidase after an ultrasound check; collagen stimulators need other approaches. See filler correction in Singapore.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

How do I choose a doctor for dermal fillers in Singapore?

Ask who injects, which product is used and whether it is HSA-registered, and what happens if something goes wrong: hyaluronidase should be kept on site and the doctor should be able to manage a complication straight away. A written plan and a review visit are good signs. The HSA registration guide shows how to check a product.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Is filler the right treatment for hollow cheeks?

Sometimes. Hollowing under the cheekbone is a volume problem, and filler or a collagen stimulator such as Sculptra can restore support there. Where the cheek looks hollow because tissue has descended, lifting may come first, for example the VF Lift – Vertical Facelift on CLASSYS Volnewmer radiofrequency, which suits people who would rather not add volume. Dr Sin Yong decides which applies after examining the face at rest and when smiling.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

What is the difference between dermal fillers and anti-wrinkle injections?

Fillers add volume or structure where it has been lost. Anti-wrinkle injections relax the muscles that crease the skin with movement. Lines that remain at rest because support has gone suit filler; lines that appear only with expression suit anti-wrinkle injections. Many faces need a little of both, planned in the right order.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Can I exercise after dermal fillers?

Light walking is fine on the day. Strenuous exercise, hot yoga and saunas are usually avoided for a day or two, because heat and increased blood flow can add to swelling and bruising. Contact sports and activities that press on the face are left until the area has settled, usually after the first week.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

What are the most common side effects of dermal fillers?

Swelling, tenderness, redness and bruising at the injection sites are the most common. They usually peak in the first two to three days and settle within one to two weeks; the lips and under-eyes swell more than the chin or cheeks. Cold compresses and avoiding heat, alcohol and strenuous exercise for a day or two help.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

How long do filler side effects last?

Most swelling and bruising settle within one to two weeks, and small firm areas usually soften over the first few weeks. A lump, bluish tint or puffiness still present after about four weeks, or appearing months later, is not expected. It should be reviewed in person, often with ultrasound, because it usually has a cause that can be treated.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

What are the warning signs of a filler complication?

Skin that turns pale, dusky or mottled, severe or increasing pain, or any change in vision during or after treatment can mean blocked blood flow. Contact the clinic immediately, and for any visual change go to the nearest emergency department. Redness, heat and fever days later can mean infection and need a same-day review.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

What is the Tyndall effect after filler?

It is a bluish tint seen through thin skin when hyaluronic acid sits too close to the surface, most often under the eyes. It comes from the way light scatters through the gel, not from bruising, so it does not fade like a bruise. It can usually be corrected by dissolving the superficial product with hyaluronidase, a prescription enzyme.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Will my face look worse when filler wears off?

It should not. As hyaluronic acid breaks down, the area gradually returns towards how it would have looked without treatment, allowing for normal ageing in the meantime. With modest amounts the tissue is not usually stretched in a way that leaves it worse. Whether to maintain the result is a choice, reviewed at each visit rather than set by a timetable.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

What should I avoid after dermal fillers?

For 24 to 48 hours, avoid strenuous exercise, saunas, hot yoga, alcohol and heat close to the face, and do not press or massage the treated areas unless advised. For about two weeks, avoid facials or treatments that press on the area, and keep dental work and vaccinations away from the treatment date where you can. Sleeping slightly propped up for the first night helps swelling settle.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Are dermal fillers bad for your health in the long term?

Current evidence does not suggest that hyaluronic acid fillers harm general health; the body breaks them down over months. The long-term issues are local: product lasting longer than expected, swelling that comes and goes, or a lump appearing months later, which reviews describe on average more than a year after treatment. These are assessed in person and, with hyaluronic acid, can usually be dissolved.

Read more: Dermal Fillers Singapore

Ellansé Singapore

How much does Ellansé cost in Singapore?

Cost depends on the areas treated, how much product your anatomy needs, which Ellansé version is chosen, and whether existing filler has to be assessed or corrected first. Because Ellansé is dosed conservatively and reviewed before anything is added, the plan may be staged. Dr Sin Yong explains the plan and its cost at consultation before treatment.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Can I go back to work the same day?

Most people do. Expect some swelling and possible bruising, and the area can look fuller than the settled result for a few days, so some people prefer a quiet day or two after nose or chin work. Strenuous exercise, saunas, alcohol and pressure on the treated area are avoided for the first 24 to 48 hours.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Will people notice I had Ellansé?

In the first days, swelling can make the area look fuller than intended, so it is wiser not to schedule an event straight afterwards. Once that settles, the change is planned to be modest and builds gradually as collagen forms. People tend to notice a more defined nose, chin or temple without spotting a treatment.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Is Ellansé a filler or a skin booster?

Ellansé is a filler with a collagen-stimulating action, not a skin booster. It is placed deep, close to bone or in firm tissue, to give structure to areas such as the nose, chin and temples. Skin boosters are placed much more superficially in small amounts to improve hydration and texture. The two can be part of the same plan, but they do different jobs and are not interchangeable.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Can Ellansé be combined with hyaluronic acid filler?

Yes, in different areas or layers. A common plan uses Ellansé for structure, such as the chin or nose, and hyaluronic acid where softness and reversibility matter, such as the lips or under the eyes. Layering one product directly over another in the same spot is avoided, and any existing filler is mapped with ultrasound first so new product is placed where it is needed.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Can Ellansé be dissolved?

No. Hyaluronidase only dissolves hyaluronic acid filler. That is why Ellansé is placed conservatively after assessment.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

How is Ellansé different from hyaluronic acid filler?

HA filler holds water to create volume and can be dissolved. Ellansé gives initial support from its gel and then prompts collagen; it cannot be dissolved.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Is Ellansé used for the nose?

It can be. For nose shaping Dr Sin Yong usually prefers a structural product such as polycaprolactone or calcium hydroxylapatite. Suitability depends on the nose and any previous procedures.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

How long does Ellansé last?

It varies between people and between the different Ellansé versions. Longevity is discussed for your case at consultation.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

What happens if I already have filler there?

It is mapped with ultrasound first. Layering new product on old is a common cause of heaviness, so correction may come before anything is added.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Who should not have Ellansé?

People who are pregnant or breastfeeding, those with active infection or inflammation in the area, and anyone with a known allergy to its components.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Is Ellansé safe for darker skin types?

Ellansé is placed deep and uses no heat, so the pigment risk that comes with lasers in skin types III to V does not apply in the same way. Occasionally a bruise leaves a brown mark that fades over weeks. Gentle aftercare and sun protection help; more on planning for darker skin tones.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Ellansé or Radiesse: which is used for the nose and chin?

Both are structural collagen stimulators and either can be chosen; at IN Eternity Clinic the nose is usually treated with Radiesse or Ellansé, with hyaluronic acid where reversibility matters. The choice depends on skin thickness, the shape needed and previous treatment. The page on nose filler in Singapore explains the nose in more detail.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

What happens if a lump or nodule forms after Ellansé?

Early firmness often softens as swelling settles. A lump that persists is examined, sometimes with ultrasound, to see whether it is product, swelling or inflammation. Because polycaprolactone cannot be dissolved, options include waiting, medical treatment of an inflammatory nodule or, for selected cases, an energy-based approach, decided at assessment.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

When will I see the final result of Ellansé?

Shape is visible on the day because of the carrier gel, but swelling exaggerates it for the first week. As the gel is absorbed over the following weeks, volume may soften slightly while collagen begins to form, and that collagen keeps building for months. The plan is judged at review rather than in the first days.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

How should I prepare for Ellansé?

Tell the clinic about any blood-thinning medicines or supplements; do not stop prescribed medicines without advice. Avoid alcohol the day before to reduce bruising, keep a few clear days before any event, and let the clinic know about dental work, infection or a cold sore, because treatment may be moved. Bring any records of earlier filler.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

How long does Ellansé stay in the body?

The polycaprolactone microspheres are broken down slowly, at a rate set by the version chosen. In a randomised trial the longer-lasting formulation kept its correction through 24 months, and a small biopsy study found the particles and new collagen still present at 13 months. How long it lasts for you depends on the area, the amount and your metabolism.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Can Ellansé migrate?

True migration is uncommon when it is placed deep and in measured amounts. What looks like movement is more often swelling, product placed too superficially, or older filler in the same area. Earlier filler is mapped with ultrasound before Ellansé is added. What migration is, and is not, is explained in filler migration.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Can I use MediSave or insurance for Ellansé?

Generally not. Cosmetic treatments such as fillers and collagen stimulators are excluded from MediSave and MediShield Life, and most insurance policies exclude them too. IN Eternity Clinic can provide an itemised receipt on request. What can and cannot usually be claimed is explained on MediSave, insurance and claims.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Is Ellansé safe?

In clinical studies it has been reported as safe and well tolerated, and polycaprolactone has a long record in medicine. It still carries the risks of any injectable: swelling and bruising, nodules, and rarely infection or a vascular event. Because it cannot be dissolved, safety depends heavily on assessment, deep placement and conservative amounts, which is how Dr Sin Yong uses it.

Read more: Ellansé Singapore

Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

What is an exosome skin booster?

It is usually a topical product containing extracellular vesicles, tiny signalling packages released by cells, applied straight after microneedling or fractional laser while the skin is temporarily open. The aim is to support recovery and the repair response the procedure starts. Despite the name, it is not an injectable booster in the way Rejuran or Profhilo is.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Can exosomes be injected in Singapore?

No exosome product is registered by HSA for injection into the skin, and IN Eternity Clinic does not inject exosome preparations. If someone offers to inject an exosome product as a booster, ask what the product is, where it is made and what it is registered for; the HSA registration page on our site explains how to check a product.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Do exosome skin boosters work?

Small randomised split-face studies have reported added improvement and calmer recovery when a specific exosome solution was applied after fractional CO2 laser or microneedling. The studies are small and product-specific, and dosing is not standardised. Exosomes are better seen as an adjunct to a procedure than as a treatment on their own.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Are exosomes safe on the skin?

Applied topically to skin after a procedure, reported side effects in studies have been mild, such as temporary redness or irritation. Long-term data across the many products on the market is limited, and content varies between brands. Products used at IN Eternity Clinic come from authorised suppliers, and your history and allergies are reviewed first.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Are exosomes better than PRP?

They are different. PRP is prepared from your own blood on the day; exosome products are manufactured from other sources and processed in a laboratory. Comparisons between them are limited, so neither can be called better. PRP is not offered at IN Eternity Clinic; where exosome products are used, Dr Sin Yong chooses them based on your concern, the procedure planned and the evidence for that use.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

How much does an exosome treatment cost?

At IN Eternity Clinic, exosome products are used as part of a procedure such as fractional laser or RF microneedling rather than sold as a separate session, so cost depends on the procedure, the area and the number of sessions. A written, itemised quote is given after assessment. The consultation fee is waived with any medical treatment.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Are exosome skin boosters HSA-registered?

No exosome product is registered by HSA for injection into the skin. Products applied to the skin after a procedure are a different category from injectables. Before any treatment, ask what the product is, who makes it and what it is registered or notified for.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Do exosomes work on skin without microneedling?

Much less. On intact skin, vesicles have limited ability to cross the outer barrier, so a serum used on its own is unlikely to do more than a well-formulated moisturiser. Their use in clinics is mainly straight after a procedure that opens temporary channels.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

How soon will I see results from an exosome skin booster?

Because exosome products are used with a procedure, the timeline follows that procedure. Small studies reported calmer, faster recovery in the first days after fractional laser when an exosome solution was added. Changes in texture and scarring come mainly from the laser or microneedling itself and build over weeks to months.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Does an exosome skin booster treatment hurt?

The product itself does not hurt; it is spread over the skin. The discomfort comes from the procedure it is paired with. Microneedling and fractional laser are done after numbing cream, and the skin may feel warm and tight for a few hours. A brief sting when the product is applied is common.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Can I wear make-up after microneedling with exosomes?

Usually not for about a day. The tiny channels made by microneedling or fractional laser need time to close, and make-up applied too early can irritate or contaminate them. Gentle cleansing, a plain moisturiser and sunscreen are used first; make-up can usually follow the next day if the skin is intact.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Are plant exosomes as good as human-derived exosomes?

They are different materials, so one cannot stand in for the other. Plant-derived vesicles come from plant cells and carry different content from vesicles made by human cell cultures. Evidence has to be judged for each source and product, and for both types the clinical studies so far are small.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Is an exosome skin booster suitable for acne-prone or sensitive skin?

Sometimes, as part of a gentle procedure, but active acne, rosacea flares or eczema are treated first, because a procedure on inflamed skin can worsen it. Sensitive skin may react to added fragrances or preservatives in some products. The product list is checked at assessment, and a non-procedural option may suit better.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Are exosomes the same as stem cells?

No. Exosomes are tiny vesicles released by cells, including stem cells grown in a laboratory, but they contain no living cells. Products described as stem cell exosomes contain material secreted by those cells, not the cells themselves, and their content varies with the source and the way they are made.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

How many exosome sessions are needed?

Exosomes are not a stand-alone session at IN Eternity Clinic. A topical exosome product may be applied after a laser, microneedling or scalp treatment, so the number of applications follows the course of that treatment, which is planned at assessment.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Can exosomes be used for hair loss after microneedling?

They are sometimes applied to the scalp after microneedling as an adjunct, but the evidence is early and small. Hair loss needs a diagnosis first, and established treatments are used for the cause. Exosomes, if used, sit alongside that plan rather than replacing it.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

What are the side effects of an exosome skin booster?

Most of what people notice, such as redness, warmth and swelling, comes from the laser or microneedling it follows, and stinging is common as it goes on. Irritation, allergy, firm red bumps weeks later and infection from a non-sterile product are uncommon. Swelling of the lips or eyes, or wheezing, needs emergency care.

Read more: Exosome Skin Booster Singapore

Eye Wrinkles and Under-Eye Lines Explained

What causes wrinkles under the eyes?

Thin skin that loses collagen with age and sun, constant folding by blinking and smiling, lost support beneath the skin, and dryness or rubbing. Most people have more than one cause, which is why the type of line is identified before treatment.

Read more: Eye Wrinkles and Under-Eye Lines Explained

Can under-eye wrinkles be reversed?

They can be softened. Skin boosters, non-ablative laser and radiofrequency can improve crepe and fine lines gradually, and anti-wrinkle injections soften lines from movement. The skin keeps ageing, so results vary between people and are usually maintained.

Read more: Eye Wrinkles and Under-Eye Lines Explained

Is filler good for under-eye wrinkles?

Usually not for the wrinkles themselves. Filler restores a hollow; under thin, crepey skin it can look puffy or bluish. Crepey under-eye skin is usually treated with skin boosters, laser or radiofrequency instead.

Read more: Eye Wrinkles and Under-Eye Lines Explained

What is the difference between crow’s feet and under-eye lines?

Crow’s feet fan out from the outer corner and come mainly from the eye muscle when you smile. Under-eye lines sit on the lower lid and are more often crepey skin or lines from hollowing. The treatments differ.

Read more: Eye Wrinkles and Under-Eye Lines Explained

Do eye creams work for eye wrinkles?

They protect and hydrate, and a retinoid used carefully can improve fine lines slowly. Creams cannot fill hollows, remove bags or rebuild very thin skin.

Read more: Eye Wrinkles and Under-Eye Lines Explained

Is Rejuran Eye or Plinest good for crepey under-eye skin?

Polynucleotide boosters made for the eye area are commonly used for thin, crepey under-eye skin. They add little volume, so they do not fill a hollow. Whether they suit you is decided at assessment.

Read more: Eye Wrinkles and Under-Eye Lines Explained

At what age do eye wrinkles start?

Fine lines at the outer corners often appear in the late twenties or thirties, earlier with a lot of sun exposure, and under-eye crepe becomes more noticeable from the forties. Genetics, sun and skin type make a large difference.

Read more: Eye Wrinkles and Under-Eye Lines Explained

What is the downtime for under-eye line treatment?

Usually small: tiny bumps or bruises for a few days after eye-area boosters, a day or two of puffiness after radiofrequency, and mild redness after non-ablative laser. Timing around events is planned at assessment.

Read more: Eye Wrinkles and Under-Eye Lines Explained

Filler Complications Singapore

How rare is vascular occlusion from filler?

It is rare. A survey of 370 dermatologists reporting 1.7 million syringes found about one occlusion per 6,410 syringes injected by needle and one per 40,882 by cannula, and 85 in 100 occlusions left no lasting effect. Risk is higher in the nose, glabella, forehead and around the mouth.

Read more: Filler Complications Singapore

Can filler complications appear months or years later?

Yes. Late problems include inflammatory nodules, granulomas, migration and puffiness, and they can appear months or years after treatment, sometimes after an illness, dental work or vaccination. In one review of delayed tear trough complications, the average onset was 16.8 months. A new, tender or growing lump should always be checked.

Read more: Filler Complications Singapore

Can all filler complications be reversed?

No. Hyaluronic acid filler can usually be dissolved with hyaluronidase, ideally after an ultrasound scan to locate it. Calcium hydroxylapatite, polycaprolactone and poly-L-lactic acid cannot be dissolved, so lumps or excess are managed by waiting, medical treatment of inflamed nodules or energy-based approaches decided at assessment.

Read more: Filler Complications Singapore

Is filler safe for Asian skin?

Filler safety depends mainly on product, depth, amount and anatomy rather than skin colour. Bruises on light-brown and darker skin can leave a brown mark for some weeks, so cannula technique where suitable, gentle aftercare and sun protection matter in Singapore. Facial anatomy and proportions in Asian faces also shape where filler is placed.

Read more: Filler Complications Singapore

How do I know if my filler has migrated?

Migration usually shows as fullness beyond where filler was placed, such as product above the lip border, puffiness under the eyes, or a ridge that appears on smiling. It tends to develop slowly. An ultrasound scan can show where product sits. See the filler migration guide for causes and correction.

Read more: Filler Complications Singapore

Should I massage a lump after filler?

Only if the doctor who treated you has advised it. Small soft irregularities in the first days often settle as swelling goes down, but firm, tender, red or growing lumps should be examined rather than massaged, because infection or inflammation can be made worse by pressure.

Read more: Filler Complications Singapore

Who should I contact if I have a problem after filler done elsewhere?

Contact the clinic that treated you first, because they know which product was used, where and how much. For blanching, severe pain, dusky skin or any change in vision, act immediately, and go to the nearest emergency department for any vision change. For non-urgent concerns, an independent assessment with ultrasound can help.

Read more: Filler Complications Singapore

Does a cannula make filler completely safe?

No technique removes risk. In a large survey, cannula injections had markedly lower odds of vascular occlusion than needle injections, but occlusions still occurred with both. The choice between needle and cannula depends on the area, the depth needed and the anatomy, and is decided by the doctor.

Read more: Filler Complications Singapore

Filler Dissolving Singapore

How quickly does hyaluronidase work?

It starts breaking down HA filler within minutes to hours, and most of the change is visible within one to two days, once swelling from the injection itself settles. The final result is judged at review, usually around two weeks later, before any further dose is considered.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

If I wait, will my HA filler disappear on its own?

Eventually, but often far more slowly than expected. Imaging studies have found HA filler persisting for years, especially under the eyes. Early swelling settles within weeks, so waiting suits recent, mild changes; long-standing heaviness or lumps are unlikely to resolve without treatment.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Can hyaluronidase affect my own tissue?

Your skin contains its own hyaluronic acid, and hyaluronidase can break some of it down temporarily, which is one reason small, targeted doses are used and placed under ultrasound guidance where possible. The body replaces its natural hyaluronic acid quickly, so this effect on your own tissue is short-lived.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Who should not have hyaluronidase?

People with a known allergy to hyaluronidase should not have it, and a history of severe bee or wasp sting allergy needs caution. Treatment is usually deferred during pregnancy and breastfeeding, and over areas with active infection. Your history is reviewed before treatment.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Can all filler be dissolved?

No. Hyaluronidase breaks down hyaluronic acid filler only. Calcium hydroxylapatite (for example Radiesse), polycaprolactone (for example Ellansé) and poly-L-lactic acid (for example Sculptra) are not dissolved by it, so knowing what is present comes first.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Why do you scan before dissolving?

Because history is often incomplete. The scan shows which product is where and how deep, so hyaluronidase goes only where it is needed and the rest of the face keeps its support.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Will dissolving make my face look older?

It can if too much is removed at once. Correction is staged in small amounts, and the face is reassessed between sessions before any further step.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Can filler be replaced in the same session?

Not usually. The tissue is allowed to settle after dissolving so the true baseline can be seen before deciding whether anything should be added.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Is hyaluronidase safe?

It is a prescription medicine with known risks, including allergic reactions, swelling and bruising. Your history is reviewed first and the treatment is given by the doctor.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Do I need to know which filler I had?

It helps, but it is not essential. Bring any records you have; the ultrasound and examination fill the gaps.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Does dissolving filler hurt?

Hyaluronidase is given as small injections into the filler, and many people feel a brief sting or burning that fades within minutes. Numbing cream or a little local anaesthetic can be used first. The area may feel tender and swollen for a day or two, which is from the injection and the enzyme working, not from damage.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Can I have filler again after it has been dissolved?

Yes, if it is still wanted once the tissue has settled, usually after the two-week review. By then the true baseline is visible, and many people find they need far less product than before, placed in a different layer. How the face is planned area by area is set out on dermal fillers in Singapore.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

What is pillow face, and can it be corrected?

Pillow face is the puffy, wide look that builds when filler is added over years while older product remains. Where it is hyaluronic acid, staged dissolving with ultrasound guidance usually helps; collagen stimulators need other approaches. The pillow face correction guide explains the causes and the order of correction.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

How do I know if I have been overfilled?

Common signs are a face that looks wider or heavier when smiling, cheeks that sit too far forward, a lip border that has blurred, or a ridge or bluish patch that was not there before. Photographs from a few years ago help. An assessment with ultrasound shows whether the cause is filler, swelling or normal ageing.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

How much does filler dissolving cost in Singapore?

It depends on what the scan shows: the product found, how many areas are involved, and whether staged doses and review visits are needed. IN Eternity Clinic gives a written plan and quote after an in-person assessment. A consultation fee of S$120 applies and is waived if you go ahead with any medical treatment.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Will I need more than one dissolving session?

Sometimes. Small, staged doses are preferred, so a second session after the two-week review is common when product remains, especially with older or layered filler. A single session is often enough for a small, superficial deposit such as a bluish tint. The number is decided by what the follow-up examination and scan show.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Can filler that does not dissolve be removed?

Calcium hydroxylapatite, polycaprolactone and poly-L-lactic acid do not respond to hyaluronidase. Options include waiting while the body breaks the product down, treating the area around it, an energy-based treatment where suitable, or a surgical opinion for a persistent nodule. Ultrasound shows what is present before any plan is made.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

How long does swelling last after dissolving filler?

Usually a day or two. The injection and the enzyme cause some swelling, redness or itch, which settles as the product breaks down; under the eyes it can take a little longer. Spreading swelling, hives or any difficulty breathing or swallowing is not expected and needs urgent attention.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Can filler come back after it has been dissolved?

Dissolved hyaluronic acid does not re-form; the body clears the broken-down product. What can happen is that some product was not reached and remains, or that the area looks fuller again as your own natural hyaluronic acid recovers over the following weeks. That is why the result is reviewed at about two weeks.

Read more: Filler Dissolving Singapore

Filler Gone Wrong

What should I do if my filler has gone wrong?

First check for urgent signs: pale or dusky skin, increasing pain, any change in vision, or a hot, spreading swelling. If present, contact the treating clinic immediately, and for vision changes go to an emergency department. If not, photograph the area, gather your treatment details and book an assessment with ultrasound.

Read more: Filler Gone Wrong

How do I know if my filler is an emergency?

Blanching, severe or rising pain, a mottled or dusky patch, any change in vision, or swelling of the lips, tongue or throat with breathing difficulty are emergencies. Lumps, unevenness and puffiness without pain or colour change usually are not, and can be assessed at a planned visit.

Read more: Filler Gone Wrong

Can I go to a different clinic to fix my filler?

Yes. Contact the treating clinic first if you can, because they know what was used. For non-urgent problems a second opinion is reasonable; bring product names, dates and photographs.

Read more: Filler Gone Wrong

Will bad filler go away on its own?

Swelling and minor unevenness often settle within about two weeks. Hyaluronic acid filler itself can last far longer than expected, sometimes years, so a lump, bluish tint or heavy look that is still present after a few weeks is unlikely to disappear quickly without treatment.

Read more: Filler Gone Wrong

Can all bad filler be dissolved?

Only hyaluronic acid filler can be dissolved with hyaluronidase. Calcium hydroxylapatite, polycaprolactone and poly-L-lactic acid do not respond, so problems with those products are managed by waiting, treating around them, energy-based treatment where suitable, or a surgical opinion.

Read more: Filler Gone Wrong

How soon after filler can it be corrected?

Urgent problems are treated immediately. Otherwise a result is usually reviewed at about two weeks, once swelling has settled, because early swelling makes most faces look uneven. Clear problems such as obviously misplaced product may be addressed sooner.

Read more: Filler Gone Wrong

Filler Infection and Biofilm

How do I know if my filler is infected?

Infection usually causes redness, warmth and swelling that become more painful over hours to days rather than settling, sometimes with fever or pus. Normal swelling is worst in the first day or two and then improves. If you are unsure, contact the clinic the same day.

Read more: Filler Infection and Biofilm

How soon after filler can an infection start?

Most acute infections show within the first few days. Biofilm-related problems can appear weeks, months or even years later as tender lumps or swelling that comes and goes.

Read more: Filler Infection and Biofilm

What is a filler biofilm?

A biofilm is a layer of bacteria that attaches to the filler and protects itself, so it can stay quiet for a long time and then flare, often after an illness. It is one explanation for some late, tender lumps after filler.

Read more: Filler Infection and Biofilm

Can I treat a filler infection at home?

No. Do not squeeze, massage or use leftover medicines. The treatment and its order depend on what the problem is, so contact the treating clinic the same day, or see a doctor or emergency department if you have fever or spreading redness.

Read more: Filler Infection and Biofilm

Will dissolving filler cure an infection?

Not on its own. Infection is treated medically first, with drainage if there is an abscess. Remaining hyaluronic acid filler may then be dissolved as a separate step if it is part of the problem.

Read more: Filler Infection and Biofilm

Can a filler infection come back?

It can, particularly when biofilm is involved, because the bacteria can shelter on remaining product. That is one reason the filler itself may be addressed once the infection has settled.

Read more: Filler Infection and Biofilm

Can dental work cause filler infection?

Some clinicians advise spacing filler and dental treatment, because bacteria from the mouth can reach the bloodstream briefly. Tell your doctor about planned dental work, and report any new lump or swelling afterwards.

Read more: Filler Infection and Biofilm

Is a cold sore after lip filler an infection?

It is a viral reactivation, not a bacterial infection, and it is managed differently. If you have a history of cold sores, tell your doctor before lip filler, and contact the clinic if one appears after treatment.

Read more: Filler Infection and Biofilm

Filler Migration

What does lip filler migration look like?

Lip filler migration usually shows as a shelf or ridge of fullness above the lip border, sometimes called a filler moustache, a blurred lip line, or lips that look duck-like in profile. It is most visible on smiling. It tends to build over several treatments and can usually be dissolved if the product is hyaluronic acid.

Read more: Filler Migration

Can filler migrate years later?

It can become visible years later, because hyaluronic acid can persist far longer than its label suggests: in one MRI study it was still present in every person at least two years after injection. Migration usually builds gradually rather than happening suddenly, often after several treatments in the same area.

Read more: Filler Migration

Is filler migration dangerous?

Migration itself is usually a cosmetic problem rather than a dangerous one. It becomes a concern if it is mistaken for something else, or if more filler is added to balance it. Sudden pain, pale or dusky skin or vision change after filler are different, and are an emergency.

Read more: Filler Migration

Can migrated filler be dissolved?

If it is hyaluronic acid, usually yes. An ultrasound scan shows where the stray product sits, and hyaluronidase is placed into it in small amounts, with a review at about two weeks. Calcium hydroxylapatite, polycaprolactone and poly-L-lactic acid cannot be dissolved, so they need a different plan.

Read more: Filler Migration

Does massage cause filler to migrate?

Ordinary daily touch does not move filler in any meaningful way. Very firm pressure soon after treatment can shift soft product, which is why aftercare advises against pressing or rubbing the area in the first days. Over the long term, volume, depth and repeated treatment matter far more than touch.

Read more: Filler Migration

Can under-eye filler migrate?

Yes. Product can spread below the tear trough into the cheek or into the lower eyelid, showing as a ridge or puffiness that is often worse in the morning. Small amounts placed deep, usually with a fine cannula, lower the risk. Migrated hyaluronic acid under the eye can usually be dissolved.

Read more: Filler Migration

How is filler migration different from overfilling?

Overfilling is too much product in the right place, so the area looks bigger but keeps its borders. Migration is product outside the intended area, so borders blur and fullness appears where nothing was placed. The two often occur together, and an ultrasound scan helps tell them apart.

Read more: Filler Migration

Can I have filler again after migration is corrected?

Often, yes, once the area has settled after dissolving, usually after the two-week review. Many people need much less product than before, placed in a different layer, and some find they no longer want filler in that area. The decision is made once the true baseline is visible.

Read more: Filler Migration

Filler Price Singapore (2026 Market Ranges)

Why do some clinics charge less per syringe?

Products, sourcing, the time spent on assessment and placement, the injector’s experience and what follow-up is included all differ. A low price per syringe may also mean more syringes are recommended. Compare written plans that name the product, amount, injector and review, rather than headline prices.

Read more: Filler Price Singapore (2026 Market Ranges)

Is hyaluronic acid filler cheaper than Radiesse or Sculptra?

Per session, it can be, but the comparison depends on how much product is needed and how long the result lasts in that area. Collagen stimulators may need fewer sessions over time, while hyaluronic acid can be dissolved and fine-tuned. The choice is made on suitability first, then cost.

Read more: Filler Price Singapore (2026 Market Ranges)

How many syringes of filler will I need?

It varies with your anatomy, the areas treated and how much volume has been lost. A single area may need part of a syringe; restoring several areas may need more, often staged over two visits. Dr Sin Yong estimates the amount at assessment and prefers to start conservatively and review.

Read more: Filler Price Singapore (2026 Market Ranges)

Does the price include a review or touch-up?

At IN Eternity Clinic, the written quote states what review is included and how any adjustment at review is handled, including whether extra product would be charged. Ask any clinic the same question before treatment, along with how complications would be managed, so that there are no surprises after the appointment.

Read more: Filler Price Singapore (2026 Market Ranges)

How do I know the filler is genuine?

Ask for the product name, look at the sealed packaging and batch label, and check that the product is registered with HSA. Genuine products come from authorised local suppliers rather than parallel imports or online sellers. Your doctor should be comfortable showing you what is being used and recording the batch in your notes.

Read more: Filler Price Singapore (2026 Market Ranges)

Does IN Eternity Clinic sell filler bundles or time-limited deals?

No. Treatments are planned individually and quoted in writing after assessment, in line with Singapore Medical Council guidance that patients should decide without pressure. Staged plans list each step separately, so you can pause or stop at any point, and you are welcome to take the quote home before deciding.

Read more: Filler Price Singapore (2026 Market Ranges)

Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

What is the difference between a filler and a skin booster?

A filler is usually a cross-linked hyaluronic acid gel that adds shape and volume where it is placed. A skin booster is placed in the dermis to improve hydration, texture and fine lines without changing shape. They solve different problems and are sometimes used together in a staged plan.

Read more: Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

What is a biostimulator?

A biostimulator is an injectable containing biodegradable particles, such as poly-L-lactic acid, calcium hydroxylapatite or polycaprolactone, that prompt your skin to lay down new collagen around them. The change develops over weeks to months, and the particles cannot be dissolved with hyaluronidase.

Read more: Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

Which lasts longest?

It varies with the product, the area and the person. Biostimulators and some fillers can last a year or more; skin boosters usually need maintenance sessions. Longevity is discussed for your plan at consultation, because metabolism, movement and lifestyle all affect it.

Read more: Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

Can I have filler and a skin booster at the same time?

Sometimes, but they are often spaced apart so each can be assessed on its own and swelling from one does not hide the effect of the other. Dr Sin Yong decides the order and timing based on your concerns, skin and any previous treatments.

Read more: Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

How much do fillers, biostimulators and skin boosters cost?

Cost depends on the product family and brand, the number of syringes or vials needed, the number of sessions and whether ultrasound mapping or correction of old filler comes first. After assessment, Dr Sin Yong gives a written quote listing each part of the plan.

Read more: Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

Why do you scan before adding filler?

Because many people have older filler that has spread or been layered, and adding more on top can make the face heavier. Ultrasound shows where existing product sits and how deep, so the plan can correct, avoid or work around it before anything new is placed.

Read more: Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

Is a biostimulator the same as a collagen stimulator?

Yes, the two terms are used for the same family: injectables such as poly-L-lactic acid (Sculptra), calcium hydroxylapatite (Radiesse) and polycaprolactone (Ellansé) that prompt your own collagen around biodegradable particles. Some writers also include PDLLA products such as Juvelook. None of them can be dissolved with hyaluronidase.

Read more: Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

Is Profhilo a filler or a skin booster?

A skin booster. Profhilo is a high concentration of hybrid hyaluronic acid that spreads through the skin to improve hydration and firmness; it does not add shape at a chosen point. Its deeper relative, Profhilo Structura, is placed in the fat at the side of the face but is still not a volumising filler. See Profhilo in Singapore.

Read more: Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

Is Juvelook a skin booster or a biostimulator?

It sits between the two. Juvelook is placed in the skin like a booster, for texture and quality rather than shape, but its PDLLA acts as a collagen stimulator over months. That is why only its hyaluronic acid part can be dissolved and why it is dosed cautiously. More on Juvelook in Singapore.

Read more: Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

Which injectable is used for acne scars?

For shallow, rolling scars and crepey texture, skin boosters and PDLLA can help by improving the skin around the scar. Deeper or tethered scars need other steps first, such as subcision, TCA CROSS or laser, and fillers are used only occasionally for selected depressed scars. The full plan is set out on acne scar treatment in Singapore.

Read more: Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

Can I switch from filler to a biostimulator?

Often, yes, but existing filler is mapped with ultrasound first. Placing a biostimulator over hyaluronic acid that has spread or built up can make the face heavier, so older product may be dissolved or left to settle before anything new is added. The order is set at assessment.

Read more: Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

Which injectable family carries the most risk?

Each has its own pattern. Vascular events are rare with all three but are most linked to volumising filler in areas such as the glabella and nose. Biostimulators carry a higher chance of nodules and cannot be dissolved. Skin boosters usually cause only short-lived bumps. Technique, anatomy and conservative amounts matter more than the family itself.

Read more: Filler vs Biostimulator vs Skin Booster

Forehead Filler Singapore

Is forehead filler safe?

Forehead filler carries a low risk profile when performed by an experienced injector with precise anatomical knowledge. The forehead contains significant vascular structures — Dr Sin Yong uses cannula technique in higher-risk zones to minimise vascular risk, and hyaluronidase is always available. Patient safety is prioritised at every step.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Will it look natural?

Yes. Dr Sin Yong focuses on restoring natural anatomy rather than creating obvious volume. The goal is a refreshed, balanced face — not an overfilled appearance.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Is there downtime?

Minimal. Mild swelling or bruising at the entry point may occur but usually resolves within 1–3 days.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Can forehead filler replace BTX for lines?

They address different mechanisms. BTX relaxes the underlying muscle; filler provides structural support. Where suitable, both may be combined — Dr Sin Yong will advise at consultation.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

What is the forehead filler price in Singapore?

Forehead filler price in Singapore depends on the volume required and the filler product selected. Dr Sin Yong will assess your anatomy at consultation and provide a personalised quote. The consultation fee is waived with any medical treatment.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Can forehead filler be combined with BTX?

Yes — forehead filler and BTX address different mechanisms and are highly complementary. BTX reduces the muscle movement causing dynamic lines; dermal filler for forehead lines restores the structural volume that supports the overlying skin. Dr Sin Yong often recommends combining both for the most complete and natural forehead rejuvenation result.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Are forehead fillers painful?

Most patients tolerate the treatment well. A fine needle or cannula is used, the products often contain a local anaesthetic, and numbing cream can be applied beforehand, so discomfort is usually brief and mild. What to expect is explained before treatment.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

How many sessions of forehead fillers will I need?

Many patients achieve their result with forehead fillers in a single session, with a review afterwards to fine-tune if needed. How much is done at once depends on your features and goals, and is planned by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong at consultation.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

How long do results from forehead fillers last?

Results from forehead fillers are not permanent and are commonly maintained with periodic top-ups. How long they hold varies with the product used, the area and individual metabolism, and is discussed as part of your plan.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Can forehead filler be dissolved?

If hyaluronic acid filler was used, it can usually be broken down with an enzyme called hyaluronidase, which is kept on hand. Collagen-stimulating fillers cannot be dissolved this way, which is one reason product choice is discussed before treatment.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Will forehead filler make my brows look heavy?

It should not when volume is placed in the right plane and in proportion. Heaviness usually comes from overfilling the lower forehead or relaxing the frontalis too much at the same time, so the two are planned together.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Who should not have forehead filler?

Treatment is postponed during pregnancy and breastfeeding, with active skin infection or a recent forehead procedure. A history of filler reactions, previous forehead implants or surgery, and unrealistic expectations are discussed at assessment first.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Will people notice I had forehead filler?

For a day or two there may be slight swelling. After that, the aim is a smoother, more balanced upper face rather than an obviously fuller forehead, so people usually comment that you look fresher or less tired. The change is most noticeable to you in side-profile photographs.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Can I wear a cap or helmet after forehead filler?

Avoid tight caps, headbands and helmets for the first few days, because firm pressure on the forehead can move filler while it is settling. If you need a helmet for cycling or work, mention it at consultation so the timing of treatment can be planned around it.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Can I go back to work the same day?

Yes, most people do. There may be small entry marks and mild swelling, which usually settle within one to three days. Make-up can go on the rest of the forehead, but not over entry points until the next day. Strenuous exercise, saunas and alcohol are avoided for 24 to 48 hours.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Forehead fillers or anti-wrinkle injections: which do I need?

Lines that appear only when you raise your brows come from the muscle and respond to anti-wrinkle injections, not filler. Forehead fillers restore a flat or concave contour and support lines that remain at rest. Many people need injections, some need filler, and some benefit from both.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Is the forehead a risky area for filler?

It is a higher-care area, because the arteries that run up from the brows connect with those that supply the eye. Risk is reduced by placing filler deep on the bone, using a cannula where it helps, small amounts injected slowly by a doctor, and keeping hyaluronidase on site.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

When will I see the final result of forehead filler?

The new contour is visible straight away, but the forehead may look a little uneven from swelling for one to three days. The smooth, settled shape usually shows from about one to two weeks, and Dr Sin Yong reviews it at around two weeks, when any small refinement is decided rather than on the day.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Is forehead filler suitable for darker skin types?

Yes. Filler is an injection without heat, so it does not carry the pigment risk that lasers can in skin types III to V. A bruise at an entry point can occasionally leave a brown mark that fades over weeks, so sun protection on the forehead matters. More on darker skin tones.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Forehead filler or temple filler: what is the difference?

Forehead filler restores a flat or concave forehead from the front and in profile; temple filler treats hollowing at the sides, which can make the upper face look narrow or create a step where forehead meets temple. Temples at IN Eternity Clinic are usually treated with Radiesse. Many plans assess both together.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

How should I prepare for forehead filler?

Tell the clinic about blood-thinning medicines or supplements, and do not stop prescribed medicines without advice. Avoid alcohol the day before, plan around helmets or tight headwear for a few days, and keep at least two weeks before an important event. Treatment is moved if you have a skin infection or a cold.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

What happens if forehead filler looks uneven?

Early unevenness is usually swelling and settles within days. If a bump or step remains at the two-week review, a small refinement or a little hyaluronidase usually corrects hyaluronic acid filler. Older product from elsewhere is assessed first, sometimes with ultrasound; see filler correction.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Is forehead filler suitable for men?

Yes. Men usually have a flatter forehead and a stronger brow ridge, so the aim is to smooth irregular areas and support lines while keeping a masculine contour rather than creating a rounded forehead. Amounts and placement are adjusted for this. Other common concerns are covered on aesthetic treatment for men.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

I am in my twenties with forehead lines: do I need filler?

Usually not. Lines that appear only with movement are a muscle question, often helped by micro-dose anti-wrinkle injections and daily sunscreen. Filler is considered when the forehead shape itself is flat or uneven. The comparison table on this page sets out which lines need which.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Which filler suits the forehead?

Most forehead plans at IN Eternity Clinic use a soft, spreadable hyaluronic acid placed deep on the bone, because it settles smoothly and can be dissolved if needed. Radiesse (calcium hydroxylapatite) is sometimes chosen where firmer, longer support is wanted, but it cannot be dissolved, so it is kept for foreheads where the plan is already settled. The product is agreed in your written plan.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Can forehead filler lift my eyebrows?

Only slightly. Filler placed above the brow can support it a little, but brow height depends mainly on muscle activity and skin laxity. A low, heavy brow from tissue descent usually needs a lifting treatment, or anti-wrinkle injections placed so the brow tail can rise, and adding volume above a heavy brow can make it look heavier.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Will forehead filler move or look lumpy?

When a soft, spreadable product is placed deep on the bone in small amounts, it usually settles smoothly. Lumps are more likely with too much product, too shallow a placement or pressure on the area in the first days. Small irregularities often settle with time; persistent ones can be adjusted, and hyaluronic acid can be dissolved if needed.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

How much filler does a forehead need?

It varies with the size of the forehead, how flat or concave it is and whether the temples are included. Because the area is large, it may need more product than the lips, but it is often built up over two sessions to keep the result natural. The amount is planned at consultation and written into your plan.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Can I wear make-up after forehead filler?

Wait until the next day, then apply make-up gently with clean fingertips or brushes, without rubbing or pressing the forehead. Avoid tight headbands, caps and facial massage for about a week, and keep the entry points clean until they have closed. In Singapore’s heat, clean brushes matter, because sweat and bacteria collect easily on the skin.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Can I exercise after forehead filler?

Light walking is fine, but strenuous exercise, hot yoga, saunas and upside-down positions are usually avoided for a day or two, because heat and raised blood flow can increase swelling and bruising. Sports that need a helmet or headband are usually left for about a week, so pressure does not shift the filler while it settles.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

What are the side effects of forehead filler?

Swelling, tenderness and small bruises are common and usually settle within days. Uneven areas or small bumps are uncommon and are reviewed at about two weeks. Rare complications include infection, delayed lumps and a blocked blood vessel, which shows as pale or dusky skin or severe pain and needs urgent care; any change in vision needs the nearest emergency department.

Read more: Forehead Filler Singapore

Genuine Injectables

How can I tell if my filler or anti-wrinkle injection is genuine?

Ask for the exact product name, check that it is registered with HSA, and ask whether the batch number will be recorded in your notes. A clinic using properly sourced products can show you the packaging and registration details. Unusually low prices or vague answers are reasons for caution.

Read more: Genuine Injectables

Can I bring my own filler or anti-wrinkle product to the clinic?

No. Products brought in by patients cannot be verified for source, storage or authenticity, even when the packaging looks genuine. They are therefore not used. Every injectable at IN Eternity Clinic comes through its authorised local supplier, with documentation that traces each batch.

Read more: Genuine Injectables

What is a grey import?

A product, possibly genuine, bought outside the authorised local supply chain, for example from an overseas seller. Its storage and handling cannot be verified, and the local registrant cannot support it or manage a recall. IN Eternity Clinic does not use grey imports.

Read more: Genuine Injectables

Why does storage temperature matter?

Some injectables, including botulinum toxin, can lose potency or change if stored outside their labelled temperature range. A product that has been left warm in transit may look normal but behave unpredictably. Correct storage from manufacturer to clinic helps ensure the product works as expected.

Read more: Genuine Injectables

Can I find out which product and batch were used on me?

Yes. The product name and batch number are recorded in your medical notes, and you can ask for them at any time. This is useful if you later see another doctor, need a correction, or if a manufacturer issues a notice about a particular batch.

Read more: Genuine Injectables

Does proper sourcing make treatment more expensive?

Products from authorised channels can cost more than unverified alternatives. Fees reflect the product, the amount used and the doctor’s time, and are explained at consultation. A price far below the usual range for a branded product is worth questioning.

Read more: Genuine Injectables

Hand Filler Singapore

What are hand rejuvenation fillers?

Hand rejuvenation fillers restore volume to the back of the hands, where thinning skin and fat loss make tendons and veins more prominent with age. Injectable filler replaces lost volume for a smoother, younger-looking appearance. At IN Eternity Clinic the treatment is planned by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong to look natural, and the injection is given by a doctor.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Is hand filler painful?

Topical anaesthetic is applied before treatment. The cannula technique means minimal discomfort — most patients find it well-tolerated.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

How long do hand fillers last?

Often around 12–18 months, varying between people. Hands are subject to frequent movement which can affect longevity slightly compared to facial filler.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

How much filler is needed?

Typically 1–2ml per hand depending on the degree of volume loss. Dr Sin Yong will assess and advise at consultation.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Is there downtime?

Minimal. Some swelling and occasional bruising for 1–3 days. Most patients use their hands normally immediately after treatment.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Can hand filler be combined with other treatments?

Yes. Hand fillers are often combined with skin booster injections and laser pigmentation treatment for comprehensive hand rejuvenation.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

How many sessions of hand rejuvenation fillers will I need?

Many patients achieve their result in a single session, with a review afterwards to fine-tune if needed. How much is done at once depends on your features and goals, and is planned by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong at consultation.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Can hand filler make veins disappear?

No, and it should not. Filler pads the tissue around the veins so they look less prominent, but the veins are still there and still needed. Very large or symptomatic veins are a separate medical question.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Will hand filler affect my grip or movement?

It is placed under the skin above the tendons, so it does not change how the hand works. The hands can feel full or slightly stiff for a day or two while swelling settles.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Who should not have hand filler?

Treatment is postponed with a skin infection or wound on the hand, during pregnancy and breastfeeding, and soon after hand surgery. A history of filler reactions or active joint inflammation in the hands is discussed at assessment first.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

How much does hand filler cost in Singapore?

Cost depends on how much volume each hand needs, typically about 1 to 2 ml per hand, the product chosen, and whether skin boosters or laser for pigmentation are planned alongside. Both hands are treated in the same session so they match. Dr Sin Yong assesses volume loss and skin quality at consultation and explains the plan and its cost before treatment.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Can I go to the gym after hand filler?

Light activity is fine, but avoid lifting weights, push-ups, yoga poses that bear weight on the hands and other firm gripping for 24 to 48 hours. Heat and exertion can increase swelling, and pressure on the backs of the hands can move filler before it settles.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Will people notice my hands look different?

The change is subtle: veins and tendons look less prominent and the back of the hand looks smoother. For the first day or two the hands may look a little puffy. After that, most people notice that their hands look less tired, especially next to a face that has already been treated, rather than spotting filler.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Which filler is used for the hands?

Hyaluronic acid or calcium hydroxylapatite (Radiesse) are the usual choices. Hyaluronic acid can be dissolved and suits a first treatment or very thin skin; calcium hydroxylapatite gives firmer cover and prompts collagen but cannot be dissolved. Dr Sin Yong chooses after looking at skin thickness, veins and how much volume has gone.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Can age spots on the hands be treated at the same time?

They are usually treated in a separate session. Brown spots respond to laser such as pico laser in Singapore, while filler restores volume, and keeping them apart lets swelling and any laser crusting settle independently. Spots are checked first, because a changing spot needs a diagnosis; see sun spots.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Is hand filler safe for darker skin?

Filler itself carries little pigment risk because no heat is used. Where laser is planned for spots on the hands, skin types III to V need cautious settings and strict sun protection, since the backs of the hands get a lot of sun in Singapore and can darken after inflammation. Each step is planned for your skin type.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Hand filler or skin booster: which do I need?

Filler replaces lost volume, so veins and tendons show less. A skin booster improves thin, crepey skin without adding contour. Hands with hollowing and good skin need filler; hands with crepey skin and little hollowing may need a booster; many need both. The skin booster vs filler guide explains the difference.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

What are the side effects of hand filler?

Puffiness, tightness and bruising for one to two days are common, with soft ridges until the product settles. Less common are a lump that does not settle, stiffness beyond a few days and infection or a delayed reaction. Blocked blood flow is rare. Increasing pain, colour change or tingling in the fingers should be reported to the clinic at once.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Can I wear rings after hand filler?

Remove rings before treatment, because the fingers and back of the hand can swell for a day or two. Put them back on once the swelling has settled, usually after 24 to 48 hours. If a ring feels tight or the fingers tingle, take it off and contact the clinic.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Can hand filler be dissolved?

Hyaluronic acid hand filler can usually be dissolved with hyaluronidase, a prescription enzyme, if a lump or uneven area does not settle. Calcium hydroxylapatite cannot be dissolved, so it is placed in small amounts and moulded evenly. Which product is used, and why, is agreed before treatment.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

Is it normal for hand filler to feel lumpy at first?

In the first day or two, soft ridges can be felt or seen while swelling settles, and the product is moulded at the end of treatment to spread it evenly. These usually smooth out within a week. A lump that is still there after two weeks, or one that is red and tender, is reviewed in person.

Read more: Hand Filler Singapore

HSA-Registered Fillers and Devices Explained

Is “HSA-approved” the same as “HSA-registered”?

In everyday speech they are used interchangeably. For most aesthetic products the correct term is registered: HSA has reviewed the evidence submitted by a local registrant and listed the product for a stated intended use. Neither term means HSA endorses a clinic or a particular treatment.

Read more: HSA-Registered Fillers and Devices Explained

Are anti-wrinkle injections registered with HSA?

Botulinum toxin products (e.g. Botox) are therapeutic products and prescription-only medicines in Singapore. Several are registered. Each registration covers a specific product, so ask which one is being used and check it on HSA’s register of therapeutic products if you wish.

Read more: HSA-Registered Fillers and Devices Explained

How can I check if my filler is HSA-registered?

Ask the clinic for the exact product name and manufacturer, then search HSA’s online register of medical devices. Check that it is listed, who the local registrant is and what use it is registered for. A clinic should be able to show you this information without hesitation.

Read more: HSA-Registered Fillers and Devices Explained

If a product is FDA-cleared or CE-marked, can it be used in Singapore?

Not automatically. Overseas approvals can support an application, but a product still has to be registered with HSA before it can be supplied here. Some products widely used in Korea, Europe or the United States are not registered in Singapore.

Read more: HSA-Registered Fillers and Devices Explained

Does HSA registration mean a treatment is safe for me?

No. Registration concerns the product’s quality, safety and performance for its intended use. Whether it suits you depends on your health, your anatomy, the dose, the technique and who performs it. That is what a medical assessment is for, and why a registered product can still be the wrong choice for a particular face.

Read more: HSA-Registered Fillers and Devices Explained

What should I do if I have a reaction to an injectable?

Contact the clinic that treated you straight away, and seek urgent medical care for pain, skin colour change or any change in vision after filler. Serious reactions can also be reported to HSA, which monitors adverse events with registered products.

Read more: HSA-Registered Fillers and Devices Explained

Hydrafacial vs Medical Facial vs Skin Booster

Is a Hydrafacial or a skin booster better for dry skin?

It depends on why the skin is dry. Surface dryness and dullness often respond well to a Hydrafacial and better daily skincare. Skin that stays dehydrated despite good care, or feels thin and crepey, may benefit from an injectable skin booster that works in the dermis. Dr Sin Yong assesses which applies.

Read more: Hydrafacial vs Medical Facial vs Skin Booster

What is a medical facial?

A facial chosen and supervised by a doctor using clinical tools matched to the skin, such as controlled peels, LDM ultrasound or needle-free ultrasound-assisted delivery of actives. It is tailored to a specific concern, for example sensitised skin, congestion or dehydration, rather than following a fixed menu.

Read more: Hydrafacial vs Medical Facial vs Skin Booster

How often should I have a Hydrafacial?

Many people have one every four to six weeks as maintenance, roughly in line with the skin’s renewal cycle. The right interval depends on your skin, the season and what else is in your plan. Dr Sin Yong or the team will suggest a schedule after seeing how your skin responds.

Read more: Hydrafacial vs Medical Facial vs Skin Booster

Can I combine a Hydrafacial with skin boosters?

Yes, and this is common. Boosters are usually given as a course for the dermis, with facials scheduled between sessions for surface clarity. Facials are generally not done on the same day as injections, to avoid irritating fresh injection points.

Read more: Hydrafacial vs Medical Facial vs Skin Booster

How much do Hydrafacial, medical facials and skin boosters cost?

Cost depends on the type of facial or booster, the products used, the number of sessions and how often maintenance is needed. After assessment, a written quote is provided that lists each component of the plan, so you can choose the level of treatment that suits you.

Read more: Hydrafacial vs Medical Facial vs Skin Booster

Is there downtime after a skin booster?

Usually little. Small bumps at injection points settle within hours to a day or two, and some people have pinpoint bruises. Makeup is generally avoided until the next day. Heavy exercise and saunas are avoided for a short period afterwards, and the skin is reviewed at the next visit before the following session in the course.

Read more: Hydrafacial vs Medical Facial vs Skin Booster

Are these suitable for sensitive or acne-prone skin?

Often, with adjustments. Sensitive skin may start with a calming medical facial, and some boosters such as polynucleotides suit fragile skin. Active acne, rosacea or eczema is assessed and treated medically first, because facials and boosters do not address their causes and can sometimes aggravate them.

Read more: Hydrafacial vs Medical Facial vs Skin Booster

Hyperhidrosis Singapore

How long does underarm sweating treatment last?

The effect typically lasts several months, varying between individuals. Sweating returns gradually rather than suddenly, so you will notice it coming back. Many people plan repeat treatment before the hottest or busiest part of their year, such as an important work period, a wedding or travel to a warm climate.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

Does the treatment hurt?

It involves a series of very fine, shallow pinpricks across the mapped area, around fifteen to twenty-five on each side. Numbing cream and ice make it comfortable for most people. The whole visit, including the starch-iodine mapping, takes around half an hour, and you can return to normal activity the same day.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

Will I sweat more on other parts of my body?

Not in a meaningful way. The underarms contain a small proportion of the body’s sweat glands, so cooling continues normally through the rest of the skin. Compensatory sweating, where other areas sweat more, is a recognised effect of nerve surgery for sweating rather than of underarm injections.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

Can I exercise after treatment?

Avoid strenuous exercise, saunas and hot yoga for the rest of the treatment day, because heat and heavy sweating are avoided while the medicine settles. Normal exercise can resume the next day. Deodorant and antiperspirant can usually be used again from the following day, and you may find you need them less.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

How does this compare with miraDry?

Both aim to reduce underarm sweating. Injections act temporarily on the nerve signal and are repeated; microwave thermolysis heats and destroys glands with more swelling afterwards. Dr Sin Yong will explain the trade-offs and whether a referral for a device-based option is sensible.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

How much does underarm sweating treatment cost in Singapore?

Cost depends on the amount of medicine needed, which varies with the size of the sweating area found on mapping, and on whether a touch-up is needed at review. Both underarms are usually treated together. IN Eternity Clinic explains the plan and its cost after assessment, before any treatment is given.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

How soon does underarm sweating treatment work?

Most people notice sweating reducing from around the second to fourth day, and the effect is usually well established within a week. The full effect is judged at about two weeks. If a patch is still sweating then, repeat mapping at review shows where, and a small touch-up can be placed.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

Will underarm sweating treatment reduce body odour?

Often, yes, though it does not treat odour directly. Odour comes from bacteria breaking down sweat on the skin, so less moisture in the underarm usually means less odour. Washing, breathable fabrics and antiperspirant still help, especially in Singapore’s heat. Odour that persists despite dry underarms is assessed for other causes.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

Is Botox (anti-wrinkle injections) used for underarm sweating?

People often search for it that way. The medicine is from the same family as anti-wrinkle injections, a prescription medicine registered with the Health Sciences Authority, but here it is placed just under the underarm skin to quieten the sweat glands rather than into a facial muscle. The product, dose and mapping are decided by the doctor at assessment.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

Is the treatment suitable for darker skin, and can it help dark underarms?

It is suitable for all skin types, because it is an injection rather than a heat or light treatment. Less sweating and friction can make underarm darkening easier to manage, but the treatment does not lighten skin itself. Dark underarms are assessed for their cause and treated separately; see dark underarms.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

How do I know if my sweating is hyperhidrosis?

Primary focal hyperhidrosis usually affects both underarms evenly, has lasted six months or more, began before about twenty-five, often runs in families and stops during sleep. It is out of proportion to heat or exercise and affects daily life, such as changing shirts at work. Sweating that is generalised, one-sided or at night needs a medical review first.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

Is it safe to repeat underarm sweating treatment over the years?

Repeat treatment is common, and studies following people through repeated sessions have reported a similar pattern of mostly mild side effects. Each repeat is booked when sweating returns rather than on a fixed schedule, and the mapping is checked again, because the sweating area can change. Your medicines and health history are reviewed at every visit.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

Can I have underarm sweating treatment while pregnant or breastfeeding?

It is deferred. The medicine has not been studied enough in pregnancy or breastfeeding for elective use, so treatment waits until afterwards. In the meantime, breathable fabrics and changing tops during the day can help, and your doctor can advise which antiperspirants are suitable. See pregnancy and breastfeeding safety.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

What causes hyperhidrosis?

Primary hyperhidrosis comes from overactive nerve signalling to normal sweat glands, often runs in families and usually starts in the teens or twenties. Secondary sweating has another cause, such as an overactive thyroid, diabetes, infection, menopause or a medicine, and tends to be generalised or to happen at night. The two are treated very differently, so the cause is settled first.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

Can hyperhidrosis be cured?

Primary hyperhidrosis is usually controlled rather than cured. Underarm injections reduce sweating for several months at a time and are repeated when it returns; antiperspirants and iontophoresis work while they are used. Surgical options aim for longer effects but carry their own risks. Some people find their sweating eases with age, which matches surveys showing it is most common under 30.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

Is hyperhidrosis common in Singapore?

Published figures vary with country and method. A study of dermatology outpatients in Shanghai found about 1 in 7 had primary hyperhidrosis, and a United States survey estimated about 1 in 20 people overall. Singapore’s heat and humidity make sweating more noticeable for everyone, which is why the question is whether it is out of proportion and affecting daily life.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

What is iontophoresis?

Iontophoresis passes a mild electrical current through tap water in which the hands or feet rest, usually for 10 to 20 minutes per session, several times a week at first. It is mainly used for sweaty palms and soles, and its effect lasts while sessions continue. It is explained at assessment, and Dr Sin Yong advises where it can be arranged if it suits you.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

What is the Hyperhidrosis Disease Severity Scale?

It is a simple four-point question: how noticeable your sweating is and how often it interferes with daily life, from 1 (never) to 4 (intolerable, always). Expert guidance uses it to choose the first treatment: mild sweating starts with antiperspirant, while severe underarm sweating may start with injections. It is also repeated at review to measure change.

Read more: Hyperhidrosis Singapore

Injectables Hub

What is the difference between fillers, skin boosters and collagen stimulators?

Fillers restore shape and volume and show at once. Skin boosters improve hydration and texture in the dermis without changing shape. Collagen stimulators prompt your own collagen over about three months. Filler vs biostimulator vs skin booster compares them side by side.

Read more: Injectables Hub

Who performs injectables at IN Eternity Clinic?

Medical Director Dr Sin Yong performs injectable treatments himself, including filler dissolving. He plans depth and entry points around the vessels of each area, and the clinic keeps hyaluronidase, an anaphylaxis kit and an emergency protocol for vascular events on site.

Read more: Injectables Hub

Can filler be dissolved?

Hyaluronic acid filler can be dissolved with hyaluronidase, an enzyme that breaks it down. Collagen stimulators such as Radiesse, Ellansé and Sculptra cannot be dissolved. Before any correction, ultrasound is used to see which filler is where; filler dissolving in Singapore explains the process.

Read more: Injectables Hub

What warning signs after filler need urgent help?

Skin that turns pale or blotchy and dusky, severe or increasing pain, or any change in vision after filler needs immediate attention. Contact the treating clinic straight away, and for any change in vision go to the nearest emergency department. Do not wait for your next appointment or try to treat it yourself.

Read more: Injectables Hub

How long do injectables last?

It varies by product, area and person. Anti-wrinkle injections are usually repeated every three to four months; hyaluronic acid fillers and collagen stimulators last considerably longer; skin boosters are given as a course with maintenance. How long aesthetic treatments last sets out the published evidence.

Read more: Injectables Hub

Are the injectables at IN Eternity Clinic HSA-registered?

Injectables such as dermal fillers and anti-wrinkle injections must be registered with HSA before they can be supplied in Singapore. The clinic sources them from authorised local suppliers and records the batch in your notes. HSA registration explained shows how to look a product up yourself.

Read more: Injectables Hub

Jawline Filler Singapore

What filler is used for jawline definition?

Radiesse is the preferred product — its structural cohesivity provides definition along the mandible without the lateral spread that can occur with softer HA fillers.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

How many sessions does jawline filler take?

A single session is usually sufficient for initial jawline definition. A touch-up at 4–6 weeks refines asymmetries. Maintenance every 18–24 months.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

Can jawline filler create a sharper face?

Yes — jawline filler defines the mandibular border, reduces jowl shadows by filling the pre-jowl sulcus, and creates a more angular lower face. Combined with masseter BTX it is very effective for lower face contouring.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

Is jawline filler safe?

The mandibular region has a good safety profile. The main risk is inadvertent injection into the facial artery. Dr Sin Yong uses careful aspiration and anatomically informed placement.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

Is jawline filler or a thread lift better for jowls?

For early jowls with good skin, filler in front of the jowl and along the border can disguise them. Where skin and fat have descended more, a lift such as a thread lift, or a lifting protocol, is usually more natural than adding volume. Many plans use a little of both.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

Does jawline filler suit men?

Yes. Men often want a squarer angle and a straighter border, so the product is placed to build the angle rather than to taper it. The aim is definition that reads as bone, not filler.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

Can jawline filler look unnatural?

It can if too much is placed or the jaw is widened beyond the face. Conservative amounts, placement on the bone and staged sessions keep the outline believable.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

Does jawline filler hurt?

Most people feel brief pinches at the entry points and pressure as product is placed on the bone, rather than sharp pain. Numbing cream is applied first, and many jawline fillers contain lidocaine, a local anaesthetic. The jaw angle can ache for a few seconds during deep placement, and chewing may feel tender for two or three days.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

How long does swelling last after jawline filler?

Swelling usually peaks over the first two to three days and settles within one to two weeks. The jaw can look slightly wider or uneven in the first days, which is swelling rather than the final shape. The result is judged at the review two to four weeks after treatment, when any small refinement is planned.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

How much does jawline filler cost in Singapore?

It depends on the amount and type of product, whether the chin is treated in the same plan, and whether jaw slimming injections are part of it. IN Eternity Clinic gives a written quote after assessment. A consultation fee of S$120 applies and is waived if you go ahead with any medical treatment.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

Can jawline filler be dissolved?

Hyaluronic acid jawline filler can usually be dissolved with hyaluronidase, a prescription enzyme, if the shape is not right or a lump appears. Calcium hydroxylapatite and polycaprolactone cannot be dissolved, so they are placed in conservative amounts. Knowing which product you had matters, which is why records and, where needed, ultrasound come before any correction.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

When will I see the final result of jawline filler?

The new outline is visible straight away, but swelling makes the jaw look fuller for the first few days. The settled shape is clear at about two weeks and is reviewed at two to four weeks. With calcium hydroxylapatite or polycaprolactone, gradual firming continues over the following months as collagen forms.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

What should I avoid after jawline filler?

For 24 to 48 hours, avoid strenuous exercise, saunas, alcohol and heat close to the face. For about two weeks, avoid pressing or massaging the jaw, facial treatments on the lower face and tight helmet or chin straps, and schedule dental work around the treatment where you can. Sleeping on your back for the first night or two helps.

Read more: Jawline Filler Singapore

Juvelook Singapore

What is Juvelook?

Juvelook is an injectable skin booster that combines poly-D,L-lactic acid (PDLLA) microspheres with hyaluronic acid. It is used to support skin texture and quality by prompting the skin’s own collagen over the weeks after treatment. It is not designed to add shape or volume.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

How is Juvelook different from Rejuran or Profhilo?

Rejuran is a polynucleotide aimed at repair and resilience. Profhilo is a high-concentration hyaluronic acid that spreads in the skin for hydration and firmness. Juvelook adds a collagen-stimulating polymer. Which suits you depends on your skin, your goals and the area, which Dr Sin Yong assesses in person.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

How many sessions are usually needed?

Courses of two or three sessions, spaced about four to six weeks apart, are common. The number is set after assessment and adjusted to how your skin responds after the first session, because collagen change varies between people. Maintenance, if any, is planned later rather than booked in advance.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Can Juvelook be used under the eyes?

It has been used there, but published reports describe firm nodules and product moving along the lower eyelid after poly-D,L-lactic acid in the tear trough. The skin there is thin and the area is mobile. The under-eye area is assessed carefully, and a softer alternative may be recommended instead.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Who should not have PDLLA injections?

People who are pregnant or breastfeeding, those with active infection, inflammation or acne in the area, anyone with a history of keloids or nodules after injectables, and people with certain autoimmune conditions. Recent dental work or illness may also mean waiting. Your medical history is reviewed before any decision.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

How much does Juvelook cost in Singapore?

Fees depend on the area treated, the amount of product, the number of sessions and whether it is combined with other treatments. Whether it is the right option for you is decided first; fees are then explained clearly at consultation.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Is Juvelook the same as Sculptra?

No. Both are polylactic acids, but Juvelook uses poly-D,L-lactic acid with hyaluronic acid and is placed in the skin for texture and quality, while Sculptra uses poly-L-lactic acid placed deeper to rebuild lost volume over months. They suit different problems and are planned differently.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

When will I see results from Juvelook?

The plumpness in the first week is mostly hyaluronic acid and swelling and fades. Collagen change develops over the weeks after each session and is usually judged a few months after the course, against photographs taken at the start. The pace varies between people.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

How long does Juvelook last?

It varies. Because the change comes from your own collagen, it fades gradually rather than suddenly, and age, sun exposure, smoking and skin quality all affect it. Whether any maintenance is needed is decided at review after the course has settled.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

What is the downtime after Juvelook?

Small bumps where the product was placed usually settle within hours to a day or two, and redness within a day. Pinpoint bruises can take several days to fade. Most people return to work the next day; allow about a week before an event.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Can Juvelook help acne scars?

It can help shallow, rolling scars and the crepey texture around them by prompting collagen in the skin. Deeper, tethered or ice-pick scars usually need other steps such as subcision, TCA CROSS or laser, so Juvelook is often one part of a staged scar plan.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Can Juvelook be combined with Rejuran or laser?

Often, yes, but the order matters. Laser and Juvelook are usually separated by a few weeks so swelling and healing do not overlap, and Rejuran may be used in a different session for skin that is fragile or slow to recover. The sequence is planned at assessment.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Is Juvelook safe for darker skin types?

Juvelook is injected rather than heated, so it avoids most of the pigment risk lasers carry in skin types III to V. Bruises or inflamed bumps can occasionally leave brown marks that fade over weeks, so gentle aftercare and sunscreen matter in Singapore’s sun. More on darker skin tones.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Can Juvelook be used on the neck?

It can be considered for crepey neck skin, but the skin there is thin and mobile, so amounts are small and spread evenly to reduce the risk of bumps. Horizontal neck lines may respond better to a hydrating booster or other treatment; the options are compared on neck lines treatment.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Can Juvelook help enlarged pores?

It may improve the look of pores on the cheeks for some people, by thickening the skin around them over months. Pores driven by oil or sun damage often need other treatment as well, such as laser or energy-based options. The causes and choices are set out on enlarged pores.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

What should I avoid after Juvelook?

For the first day or two, avoid saunas, hot yoga, strenuous exercise, facials and firm rubbing or massage of the treated skin unless you were told to massage. Keep skincare gentle and wear sunscreen. Report a firm lump that is still there after two weeks rather than pressing on it; general advice is on aftercare.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Juvelook or Rejuran for acne scars?

They suit different parts of a scar plan. Juvelook prompts collagen and can help shallow, rolling scars and crepey texture; Rejuran supports repair in skin that is thin or slow to recover. Deeper scars usually need subcision or laser too. The skin boosters for acne scars guide compares them.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Will people notice I had Juvelook?

For a day or two, small bumps where the product sits may be visible, and a pinpoint bruise can need concealer. After that there is nothing to see. Because collagen change builds gradually over months, people tend to notice that your skin looks smoother or less tired rather than that you have had a treatment.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Can I have Juvelook before a wedding or event?

Allow at least a week for bumps and any bruise to clear, and longer if the event matters a lot. The collagen change takes months, so for a visible improvement by a date, the course needs to start well ahead. A first session close to an event is avoided, because how your skin responds is not yet known.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

What are the side effects of Juvelook?

Small bumps, redness and mild swelling are common and usually settle within hours to a day or two; pinpoint bruises can take several days. Less often, firm papules or nodules form, especially with superficial placement or under the eyes. Infection and vascular events are rare. A lump that persists after two weeks, or pain and colour change, should be reported to the clinic.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Can Juvelook be dissolved?

Only partly. Hyaluronidase breaks down the hyaluronic acid in Juvelook but not the PDLLA microspheres, which the body clears slowly on its own. That is why the first session is deliberately conservative, the product is spread evenly, and any further session is decided only after the skin has shown how it responds.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Juvelook vs Rejuran: which should I choose?

They do different jobs. Juvelook adds a collagen stimulator, PDLLA, for thin, crepey or shallowly scarred skin and builds change over months. Rejuran is a polynucleotide aimed at repair and resilience, often chosen for fragile, reactive or slow-to-recover skin, and cannot be dissolved either. Some plans use both at different sessions. See Rejuran in Singapore.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Can Juvelook nodules be treated?

Yes, though they are managed rather than dissolved. A firm lump is first examined to see what it is. Small papules often soften over weeks; persistent nodules may need targeted medical treatment, and reports describe energy-based treatment of nodules after PDLLA in the tear trough. The approach is decided after assessment, never by hard massage at home.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Is Juvelook a skin booster or a collagen stimulator?

Both, in a sense. It is used like a skin booster, placed in the dermis for texture and quality rather than shape, but its PDLLA works as a collagen stimulator, prompting new collagen over months. That is why it cannot be fully dissolved and why it is planned more cautiously than a hyaluronic acid booster.

Read more: Juvelook Singapore

Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

Is Rejuran or Profhilo better?

They do different jobs. Rejuran, a polynucleotide injectable, supports repair in thin, sensitised or scarred skin. Profhilo, a high-concentration hyaluronic acid, improves hydration and the firmness of skin with early laxity. Some people benefit from both in sequence. Dr Sin Yong recommends one after examining your skin.

Read more: Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

What is the difference between Juvelook and Sculptra?

Both are collagen stimulators based on polylactic acid. Juvelook uses poly-D,L-lactic acid combined with hyaluronic acid and is mainly used for skin texture and quality. Sculptra uses poly-L-lactic acid and is mainly used for gradual volume support in deeper layers. Neither can be dissolved with hyaluronidase.

Read more: Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

Which one has the least downtime?

Profhilo usually leaves a few small lumps that flatten within hours. Rejuran leaves small bumps for a day or two and sometimes pinpoint bruises. Juvelook can cause mild swelling and tenderness for a few days. Responses vary, and makeup is usually possible the next day.

Read more: Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

How many sessions are needed?

Most courses involve two to three sessions spaced several weeks apart, followed by a review with photographs taken in the same light. The number depends on your skin, the product chosen and the response to the first session, and maintenance is discussed only once the course has been assessed.

Read more: Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

How much do Rejuran, Profhilo and Juvelook cost?

Cost depends on the product, the formulation, how many syringes your face and neck need, and how many sessions are planned. After assessment, Dr Sin Yong gives a written quote listing each part of the plan, so you can decide on the course before anything is booked.

Read more: Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

Can these be combined with lasers?

Yes, often. Skin injectables are commonly sequenced with laser or energy treatments for pigment, texture or tightening. The order and spacing are planned so that each treatment can be assessed on its own, and so that a laser session does not fall on skin that is still settling from injections.

Read more: Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

Who should avoid these treatments?

People who are pregnant or breastfeeding, those with active skin infection in the area, and people with allergies to any component, for example fish allergy with salmon-derived polynucleotides. Autoimmune conditions, a history of keloids or unusual scarring, and blood-thinning medicines are discussed first, because they may change the timing or the choice of product.

Read more: Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

Juvelook vs Rejuran: which is better for acne scars?

It depends on the scar. Rejuran S is placed beneath individual depressed scars to support repair, while Juvelook spreads collagen support across a scarred area and can help texture and pores. Neither releases tethered scars, so deeper scarring also needs subcision or resurfacing. Many scar plans use a polynucleotide and a collagen stimulator at different stages.

Read more: Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

Profhilo vs Rejuran: which is better for under-eyes?

For thin, crepey under-eye skin, Rejuran i, the eye formulation of Rejuran, is more often chosen, because it is made for thin eyelid skin and is placed in small amounts. Profhilo is used mainly across the lower face and neck. Neither fills a hollow tear trough, which is a volume question assessed separately.

Read more: Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

Can I have Rejuran and Juvelook together?

Yes, as part of a planned sequence, usually not on the same day. A common approach is a polynucleotide first for fragile or recovering skin, then PDLLA for texture and firmness once the skin is calmer, a few weeks apart. Spacing lets each be judged and keeps the total amount injected conservative.

Read more: Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

Which lasts longest: Rejuran, Profhilo or Juvelook?

The collagen response to Juvelook tends to build slowly and fade slowly, so it is often maintained less often. Rejuran and Profhilo usually need maintenance every few months after the first course. How long any of them holds varies with age, sun exposure, skin condition and the area treated, and is judged against your own photographs.

Read more: Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

Is Juvelook a skin booster or a filler?

Juvelook is usually described as a skin booster, but it works as a collagen stimulator: its PDLLA particles prompt new collagen over weeks to months. It improves texture and subtle firmness rather than adding immediate shape. A related volume product exists for deeper support; how PDLLA compares with Sculptra is set out in Sculptra vs Juvelook.

Read more: Juvelook vs Rejuran vs Profhilo Compared

Linerase Explained

Does IN Eternity Clinic offer Linerase?

No. Linerase is described on this page for comparison. For the same goals the clinic offers skin boosters such as Profhilo, Skinvive, Rejuran and Plinest, and collagen stimulators such as Juvelook and Sculptra, chosen after assessment.

Read more: Linerase Explained

What is Linerase made of?

Its manufacturer describes it as a freeze-dried type I collagen of equine (horse) origin, mixed with sterile fluid before injection. Because it is animal-derived, allergy history is relevant before any treatment.

Read more: Linerase Explained

Is Linerase a skin booster?

It is often marketed alongside skin boosters, but it works differently. Linerase supplies collagen to the dermis; most skin boosters hydrate the skin or support repair, and collagen stimulators prompt the skin to make its own collagen.

Read more: Linerase Explained

Is Linerase the same as Sculptra or Juvelook?

No. Sculptra (PLLA) and Juvelook (PDLLA) contain no collagen; they are collagen stimulators that prompt the skin to make new collagen over months. Linerase is collagen itself, supplied from an animal source.

Read more: Linerase Explained

Is injected collagen safe?

Injectable collagen has been used for decades. Older bovine collagen fillers caused allergic reactions in a small proportion of people, which is why skin testing became standard for them. Ask what is in the product, its source and how reactions are handled.

Read more: Linerase Explained

What can I use instead of Linerase for under-eye lines?

Options include polynucleotide boosters such as Rejuran Eye or Plinest, careful hyaluronic acid treatment, and tightening where laxity is part of the picture. The choice depends on whether lines, hollowing, pigment or puffiness is the main issue.

Read more: Linerase Explained

How long do skin boosters last?

It varies with the product and the skin. Hydrating boosters are usually maintained every few months to a year; collagen stimulators build over months and last longer. Sunscreen and home care help any result hold.

Read more: Linerase Explained

Is there downtime after a collagen or booster injection?

Usually small bumps, redness or bruising for one to a few days. Make-up can often be worn the next day. Strenuous exercise, saunas and facial massage are avoided for a day or two.

Read more: Linerase Explained

Lip Filler Side Effects

How long does lip filler swelling last?

Swelling usually peaks on day one or two, is clearly less by day three or four, and has mostly settled within one to two weeks. Some residual firmness can last a little longer. The final result is judged at about two weeks, which is when a review is usually planned.

Read more: Lip Filler Side Effects

Is it normal for one lip to be more swollen than the other?

Yes, in the first few days. Swelling is often uneven because one side may have needed more product or more passes. It usually evens out as the swelling settles. Asymmetry that is still clear after two weeks should be reviewed before any more filler is added.

Read more: Lip Filler Side Effects

Can lip filler cause cold sores?

It can trigger a flare in people who carry the cold sore virus, usually within a few days. In a lip filler meta-analysis this was reported in 0.6 per 100 people, but it is commoner in those who get cold sores often. Tell the doctor beforehand, because preventive treatment may be prescribed.

Read more: Lip Filler Side Effects

Why does my lip filler feel lumpy?

In the first week, lumpiness is usually swelling around small deposits of gel and softens day by day. A lump still visible after two to four weeks usually means product in one place. Hyaluronic acid lumps can usually be dissolved, ideally after an ultrasound scan to locate them.

Read more: Lip Filler Side Effects

What does lip filler migration look like?

It usually shows as a shelf of fullness above the lip border, a blurred lip line or a duck-like profile, most visible on smiling. It builds over several treatments. Migrated hyaluronic acid can usually be dissolved after an ultrasound check, with a review before any filler is added back.

Read more: Lip Filler Side Effects

When should I worry after lip filler?

Contact the clinic immediately if part of the lip turns pale or white, if pain is severe or increasing, or if a dusky or mottled patch appears. Call 995 or go to an emergency department for any change in vision or for swelling with difficulty breathing. Ordinary swelling and bruising are expected.

Read more: Lip Filler Side Effects

Can I kiss after lip filler?

It is usually advised to avoid kissing and pressure on the lips for a day or two, while the product settles and the entry points close. If a cold sore appears, avoid kissing until it has healed, and contact the clinic.

Read more: Lip Filler Side Effects

Do lip filler side effects differ for Asian lips?

The side effects themselves are the same, but the plan differs: proportions and the ideal ratio between upper and lower lip vary, so amounts and placement are chosen for the face. Bruises on light-brown and darker skin can leave a faint brown mark for a few weeks, so sun protection matters.

Read more: Lip Filler Side Effects

Lip Fillers Singapore

How much do lip fillers cost in Singapore?

It depends on the amount of product, the product, staging and what review is included. IN Eternity Clinic gives a written quote after assessment; the consultation fee is S$120, waived with any medical treatment. Other clinics’ published lip filler prices, read on 20 October 2026, are shown on this page.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

How long do lip fillers last?

Often around six to twelve months, because the lips move constantly and break hyaluronic acid down faster than quieter areas. It varies between people and products, and some product can remain longer than it looks.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Does lip filler hurt?

The lips are sensitive, so numbing cream is applied first and most lip fillers contain a local anaesthetic. Most people describe pressure and brief stinging; ice afterwards helps with tenderness.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Can lip filler be dissolved?

Yes. Lip fillers are hyaluronic acid, which can usually be broken down with hyaluronidase, a prescription enzyme kept at the clinic. Collagen-stimulating fillers are not used in the lips.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Lip filler or lip flip: which do I need?

Filler adds shape, definition, hydration or volume. A lip flip uses a few anti-wrinkle injections to relax the muscle so the upper lip rolls out slightly when you smile. They solve different problems and are sometimes combined.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Who should not have lip filler?

Treatment is postponed during pregnancy and breastfeeding, with an active cold sore or infection, or around dental work. People with recurrent lip swelling, autoimmune conditions or previous filler reactions are assessed carefully first.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

When will I see the final result of lip filler?

The new shape shows straight away, but lips swell more than most areas, so they usually look fuller than the final result for several days. The settled result appears after about two weeks and is judged at the review two to four weeks after treatment, when any small refinement is planned rather than on the day.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Can I kiss or drink through a straw after lip filler?

Gentle drinking is fine the same day, but firm pursing, sucking through a straw and kissing are avoided for the first day or two, while the lips are tender and the gel is settling. Avoid very hot drinks while numbness lasts. If a cold sore appears afterwards, avoid kissing and contact the clinic.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Can lip filler fix uneven lips?

It can often balance differences between the two sides or between the upper and lower lip, using small amounts placed where they are needed. Some unevenness comes from the teeth, muscles or bone rather than the lips themselves, and filler only partly helps there. Wider causes are covered in asymmetrical face.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

What is the difference between Russian lips and natural lip filler?

Russian lips is a technique that lifts the upper lip vertically for a flatter, doll-like profile. It can suit some lips, but it uses more product near the border and can blur the outline if overdone. The plan here starts from your proportions, and the look is agreed first.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Can lip filler help dark lips?

No. Filler changes shape and hydration, not colour. Dark or patchy lips usually come from pigment in the lip, which is assessed and can be lightened with lip pigmentation treatment; soft colour can then be added with lip blush. Filler and colour treatments are spaced apart so swelling does not affect either.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Is lip filler safe for darker skin?

Yes. Filler uses no heat, so it carries little pigment risk in skin types III to V. A bruise on darker lips can occasionally leave a brownish tint that fades over weeks. Bruising is reduced with a cannula where suitable, slow injection and avoiding alcohol beforehand; more on darker skin tones.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

How should I prepare for lip filler?

Mention any cold sores, so preventive treatment can be prescribed, and tell the clinic about blood-thinning medicines or supplements without stopping prescribed ones. Avoid alcohol the day before, keep dental appointments a couple of weeks away from treatment, and allow at least two weeks before an important event.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

What is a filler moustache, and how is it avoided?

It is filler that has drifted above the lip border, making the upper lip look puffy or shadowed, usually after repeated or large treatments. It is avoided by modest amounts, placement within the lip and review before more is added. Hyaluronic acid that has migrated can usually be dissolved with hyaluronidase after an ultrasound check.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Can I go back to work after lip filler?

Usually, yes. Many people return to work the same day or the next; the lips may look fuller and slightly uneven for a day or two, and small marks can be covered with make-up from the next day. If you have an event, plan treatment at least two weeks before it so the swelling has settled.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Is it normal for lip filler to feel lumpy?

In the first week, often yes. Swelling and gel that has not yet settled can feel like small beads, especially along the border, and most soften over two to four weeks without massage, which is avoided unless advised. A lump that is still there at review, is visible, or is tender and red is assessed in person, and hyaluronic acid can be dissolved if needed.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Can lip filler trigger a cold sore?

Yes. The injections can reactivate the cold sore virus in people who carry it, usually within a few days. If you have had cold sores, tell the doctor beforehand, as preventive antiviral treatment may be prescribed. Treatment is postponed while a sore is active, and a sore that appears after treatment should be reported to the clinic.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

How often should lip filler be repeated?

There is no fixed schedule. Many people review their lips every six to twelve months, but some product often remains longer than it looks, so each visit starts with a fresh assessment rather than a routine repeat. Adding filler on a timetable while earlier product is still present is a common reason lips gradually lose their border.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Why does one side of my lip look bigger after filler?

Uneven swelling is common for the first few days, because each side swells differently and sleeping on one side can add to it. Most of it settles within a week. If one side still looks larger at the review two to four weeks after treatment, a small adjustment can be planned then rather than earlier.

Read more: Lip Fillers Singapore

Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

What is the difference between a lip flip and lip filler?

A lip flip relaxes the edge of the lip muscle so more of the existing lip shows. Lip filler adds volume with hyaluronic acid gel. A flip is subtler and shorter-lasting; filler changes size and shape. Some people have both, planned together.

Read more: Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

How long does a lip flip last?

Usually a few months. The lip muscle is small and moves constantly with speech and eating, so the effect wears off sooner than in larger muscles such as the forehead or jaw. Gummy smile treatment lasts a similar time. Repeat treatment is planned when you notice the effect fading, not on a fixed schedule.

Read more: Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

Will a lip flip affect my speech or drinking?

For a week or two some people find straws, whistling, blowing or certain sounds such as p and b slightly harder. This is why doses are kept small and matched on both sides. Singers, wind instrument players and people who speak professionally should mention it before treatment so timing and dose can be planned.

Read more: Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

How much gum show can treatment reduce?

It depends on the cause and how strong the muscles are. Muscle-driven gum show often reduces noticeably, while gum show from jaw or dental causes may change little. Dr Sin Yong will tell you at assessment what is realistic for your smile.

Read more: Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

Can a lip flip be combined with lip filler?

Yes. A flip can show the lip border better, sometimes reducing how much filler is needed for the look you want. When both are planned, the flip may be done first so its effect can be seen at two weeks before filler is added, which avoids adding volume that turns out to be unnecessary.

Read more: Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

How much does a lip flip or gummy smile treatment cost in Singapore?

Cost depends on the amount of medicine used, whether both a lip flip and gummy smile treatment are done, and whether it is combined with other treatments such as lip filler. Doses are small, but planning and review are the same as for any injectable. IN Eternity Clinic explains the cost at consultation, before treatment.

Read more: Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

When will I see the results of a lip flip?

Very little changes in the first few days. The lip edge usually starts to turn out, or the lip lifts less on smiling, during the first week, and the full effect is reached by about two weeks. That is when the review takes place, so any small adjustment is based on the settled result.

Read more: Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

Can a gummy smile be treated without surgery?

When the main cause is strong muscles lifting the upper lip, small injections can reduce how much gum shows, without surgery. When the cause is a long upper jaw, a short lip, the way teeth have erupted or gum covering more of the tooth, injections help little and a dental, orthodontic or periodontal opinion is the honest recommendation.

Read more: Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

Can a lip flip make my upper lip look longer?

It can if the dose is too high, or in someone whose upper lip is already long, because the relaxed lip sits a little lower. Doses are kept low, the lip length is measured at assessment, and a review at two weeks allows correction of the other side rather than adding more where it is not needed.

Read more: Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

Is a lip flip right for me if my lips are thin?

Usually not on its own. A lip flip shows more of the lip you already have, so it suits lips with reasonable volume that roll in on smiling. Thin lips need volume, which is a job for lip fillers. The lip filler guide explains what filler can and cannot change.

Read more: Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

How often can a lip flip be repeated?

When the effect has clearly worn off, usually after a few months, and only if you liked the result. Repeating early, before the muscle has recovered, adds little and makes function changes such as difficulty with straws more likely. The timing is agreed at review rather than on a fixed schedule.

Read more: Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

Can I have a lip flip before a wedding or event?

Yes, if it is planned at least two to three weeks ahead. That allows the full effect to develop, the review to take place and any small adjustment to settle. Treating a few days before an event leaves no time to check symmetry. Timing for other treatments is set out in the event skin plan.

Read more: Lip Flip & Gummy Smile Injections Singapore

Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

Will my lips look natural?

Dr Sin Yong's guiding principle is that lip enhancement should never look 'done'. He tailors every treatment to your facial proportions and existing lip shape. The goal is always lips that look like an improved version of yours.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

How long does lip filler last?

Typically 6–12 months depending on the product used, the volume injected and individual metabolism. Lip fillers metabolise faster than fillers in less mobile areas. Maintenance sessions every 6–9 months are recommended.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

What is the downtime after lip filler?

Swelling and mild bruising are common in the first 24–72 hours. Swelling peaks at 48 hours and resolves within a week. Most patients return to normal activities immediately.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

How many sessions of lip fillers will I need?

Many patients achieve their result with lip fillers in a single session, with a review afterwards to fine-tune if needed. How much is done at once depends on your features and goals, and is planned by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong at consultation.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

Will people notice I have had lip filler?

For the first few days the swelling makes lips look larger than the final result, so plan around photographs and events. Once settled, a conservative treatment usually reads as healthier, better-defined lips rather than obvious filler. Most people are told they look well rather than asked what they have had done.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

Can I go back to work the same day after lip filler?

Yes, most people do, though expect visible swelling for a day or two, and sometimes a small bruise. Lipstick and lip products should be avoided until the next day. Strenuous exercise, saunas and alcohol are also better postponed for about 24 hours to help swelling settle, as advised at your visit.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

Will lip filler migrate?

Migration above the lip border is uncommon with modest volumes placed in the right plane. It is more often seen after repeated large volumes. If it happens, hyaluronic acid can be dissolved with hyaluronidase and the lips re-planned once they have settled.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

Can I have lip filler if I get cold sores?

Usually, yes, but tell the clinic first. Injections can trigger an outbreak in people who carry the cold sore virus, so preventive medication may be advised. Treatment is postponed if a cold sore is active.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

What is the difference between lip filler and a lip flip?

Lip filler adds hyaluronic acid to shape or fill the lip. A lip flip uses a small dose of anti-wrinkle injection to relax the muscle above the lip so it rolls out slightly. A lip flip adds no volume and lasts a shorter time.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

Can lip filler fix dark lips?

No. Filler changes shape and hydration, not colour. Dark or uneven lip colour is assessed for its cause and treated with laser or other measures; see lip pigmentation treatment.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

Can lip filler soften smoker’s lines around the mouth?

Fine vertical lines on the lip border can soften with very soft hyaluronic acid placed in small amounts, which improves the surface without adding size. Deeper lines often need a combined plan, such as a micro-dose of anti-wrinkle injection to relax the muscle and resurfacing for the skin. The lines are assessed at rest and when you purse your lips; see fine lines and crepey skin.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

Is lip filler suitable for darker skin or naturally darker lips?

Yes. Filler is not a heat or light treatment, so it does not carry the pigment risk that some lasers carry in skin types III to V. A bruise can leave a temporary dark mark, which fades with time. Filler does not change lip colour; uneven or dark lips are assessed separately and treated on lip pigmentation plans.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

Can thin, older lips be rehydrated without making them bigger?

Often, yes. A very soft hyaluronic acid spread through the lip in small amounts can improve dryness, fine lines and surface texture with little change in size. The border may be supported lightly to stop lipstick bleeding into lines. The aim is lips that look healthier for your age, not fuller; the lip filler guide explains the options.

Read more: Lip Rejuvenation Singapore

Lumps After Filler

Is it normal to have lumps after filler?

Yes, in the first days. Swelling, small bruises and product that has not settled can feel lumpy, particularly in the lips and under the eyes, and usually soften within one to two weeks. A lump that is still visible after two to four weeks, or that is red, hot, painful or growing, should be checked.

Read more: Lumps After Filler

How long do filler lumps take to go away?

Swelling-related lumps usually settle within one to two weeks, and small product irregularities within about four weeks. A lump that has not changed after a month is usually product in the wrong amount or layer, and hyaluronic acid can persist for years, so assessment is more useful than waiting much longer.

Read more: Lumps After Filler

Why did a lump appear months after my filler?

Late lumps are usually delayed inflammatory reactions, where the immune system reacts to filler already in the tissue, sometimes after an illness, dental work or vaccination. They are uncommon, estimated at about 1.1 per 100 treated people per year in prospective studies. They need examination before treatment.

Read more: Lumps After Filler

Can hyaluronidase dissolve a filler lump?

If the lump is hyaluronic acid, usually yes. An ultrasound scan first shows what and where the lump is, and the enzyme is placed into it in small amounts, with a review at about two weeks. Hyaluronidase has no effect on calcium hydroxylapatite, polycaprolactone or poly-L-lactic acid.

Read more: Lumps After Filler

What is a filler granuloma?

A granuloma is a cluster of immune cells that forms around material the body treats as foreign. After filler it is rare and usually appears months or years later as a firm, sometimes tender, slowly growing lump. It needs specialist assessment, because treatment depends on the product and on whether infection is present.

Read more: Lumps After Filler

Is a hard lump after filler dangerous?

Usually not. A firm, non-tender lump that stays the same size is most often product in one place. A lump becomes a concern when it is hot, red, increasingly painful, growing or accompanied by fever, or when the skin around it turns pale or dusky, which needs same-day contact with the clinic.

Read more: Lumps After Filler

Can I have more filler if I have a lump?

Not until the lump has been assessed. Adding filler to balance a lump usually adds weight without fixing the cause, and an inflamed lump can flare with more product. Once the lump has been treated and the area has settled, further filler can be considered if it is still needed.

Read more: Lumps After Filler

Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

At what age should I start anti-wrinkle injections?

There is no set age. The useful sign is lines that appear with expression and are beginning to linger after the face relaxes, which for some people is the late twenties. Dr Sin Yong will tell you honestly if treatment is not yet needed.

Read more: Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

How long do micro-dose results last?

Usually a little shorter than standard doses, often a few months, because less medicine is placed in each muscle. The interval varies with the muscle treated, your metabolism and how expressive you are. Many people find the shorter interval worthwhile for the more natural movement, and the plan is adjusted after each review.

Read more: Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Will I look frozen?

The aim is the opposite. Lower doses spread over more points soften lines while keeping movement in the brows, eyes and forehead. The first treatment is deliberately conservative, and a two-week review allows small, targeted adjustments instead of a heavy first treatment that cannot be reversed once given.

Read more: Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can micro-droplets make pores smaller?

They can make pores look smaller for some people by reducing oil and slightly tightening the skin surface. Pore size itself is partly genetic and also affected by sun damage and ageing, so the change is modest and temporary, usually lasting a few months. Other options for pores include laser and RF microneedling.

Read more: Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can micro-dosing be combined with other treatments?

Yes. It is often combined with skin boosters, lasers or medical facials as part of a wider skin plan. Timing is planned so that facial massage, heat-based treatments or pressure on the face do not move the medicine in the first day, and so each treatment’s effect can be judged clearly at review.

Read more: Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

How much do micro-dose anti-wrinkle injections cost in Singapore?

Cost depends on the areas treated, the amount of medicine used and whether the micro-droplet technique for oil and pores is included. A review at two weeks is part of the plan. IN Eternity Clinic explains the plan and cost at consultation, before any treatment is given, so you can decide with full information.

Read more: Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

What is the difference between micro-dosing and standard anti-wrinkle injections?

The medicine is the same; the dose and spread differ. Standard treatment uses larger doses at fewer points to reduce movement more firmly and for longer. Micro-dosing places smaller amounts at more points, so lines soften while expression stays, and the effect is usually shorter. Standard treatment is described on anti-wrinkle injections.

Read more: Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Does micro-dosing prevent wrinkles?

It may slow how quickly movement lines become etched, because the skin is folded less often and less deeply. It cannot stop ageing, sun damage or volume loss, which also create lines. Daily sunscreen, a retinoid where suitable and not smoking matter as much. The benefit is gradual and varies between people.

Read more: Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can I exercise after micro-dose anti-wrinkle injections?

Light activity is fine, but strenuous exercise, hot yoga, saunas and lying face down are avoided for the rest of the day, along with rubbing or massaging the treated areas. This reduces the chance of the medicine moving into nearby muscles. Normal exercise can usually resume the next day.

Read more: Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Is micro-dosing suitable for men?

Yes. Men usually have stronger, bulkier muscles, so even micro-dosing needs doses adjusted to the muscle, and the brows are kept lower and straighter to avoid a surprised look. The aim is a rested face that still moves naturally. Other concerns are covered on aesthetic treatment for men.

Read more: Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can micro-dosing help crow’s feet?

It can soften crow’s feet that appear on smiling while keeping the eyes expressive, which suits people who dislike a fixed smile. Lines that remain when the face is still usually also need skin treatment. The difference is explained on crow’s feet.

Read more: Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Can micro-droplets help underarm sweating too?

The same medicine is used for underarm sweating, but as a separate treatment with its own dose and technique, placed in the skin of the underarm. Facial micro-droplets reduce oiliness and the look of pores, not body sweat. The underarm treatment is described on underarm sweating treatment.

Read more: Micro-Dose Anti-Wrinkle Injections Singapore

Neck Fillers Singapore

What is neck and hand revitalisation?

Neck and hand revitalisation addresses two areas that show ageing early — the neck and décolletage, and the backs of the hands — through a combination of skin-quality treatments, collagen stimulation and, where appropriate, volume restoration. The plan is matched to each area's needs at IN Eternity Clinic by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

Is neck filler treatment painful?

Topical anaesthetic is applied before treatment. The sensation is a mild sting with each injection. Most patients find the treatment comfortable.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

Is there downtime?

Minimal. Some redness or pin-point swelling at injection sites may occur for 24–48 hours.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

Can this replace a surgical neck lift?

For patients with early to moderate neck laxity, non-surgical protocols can significantly improve the appearance and defer the need for surgery.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

How many sessions are needed?

One session provides visible improvement. For optimal results, a course of 2–3 sessions is often recommended.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

Can the neck and face be treated in the same session?

Yes. Combined face and neck treatment sessions are efficient and allow a coordinated aesthetic outcome.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

How much do neck and hand revitalisation cost in Singapore?

Pricing depends on how many syringes or how much product your result needs and the areas being treated, which differ from face to face. Because the plan is tailored, a figure follows assessment rather than a fixed menu price; the full plan and cost are explained at consultation at IN Eternity Clinic before anything proceeds.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

How long do results from neck and hand revitalisation last?

Results from neck and hand revitalisation are not permanent and are commonly maintained with periodic top-ups. How long they hold varies with the product used, the area and individual metabolism, and is discussed as part of your plan.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

How do you get rid of neck lines?

Neck lines come from a mix of skin laxity, repeated movement and collagen loss. They are addressed by stimulating collagen with energy-based or injectable treatments, softening dynamic bands, and improving skin quality — matched to which factor dominates. At IN Eternity Clinic the neck is assessed to plan the right combination.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

Can I go back to work the same day?

Yes. The small bumps from the micro-injections are visible for a few hours and can take a day or two to settle fully, so some people wear a high collar or scarf, or book a session before a weekend. Strenuous exercise, saunas and make-up on the neck are avoided for the rest of the day.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

Will people notice I had my neck or hands treated?

Not once the first day or two has passed. The change in skin quality builds over four to six weeks, so people tend to notice that the neck looks smoother or the hands look less tired, matching a face that has already been treated, rather than spotting a treatment.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

Can the neck and hands be treated in the same visit?

Often, yes. Treating both in one appointment is efficient, and the numbing cream can be applied to both areas at once. Whether it suits you depends on how much is planned for each area and how comfortable you are with a longer session. Dr Sin Yong plans the order and timing at consultation.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

Neck fillers or skin boosters for neck lines: which is used?

Usually skin boosters. Horizontal neck lines sit in thin, mobile skin, where filler can show as bumps, so hydrating boosters spread through the skin are the main treatment, sometimes with energy-based tightening. Filler is kept for specific volume loss. The options are compared on neck lines treatment.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

Is neck and hand treatment safe for darker skin?

Injections carry little pigment risk because no heat is used. Where laser is added for spots on the décolletage or hands, skin types III to V need cautious settings and sun protection, since these areas get a lot of sun in Singapore. More on darker skin tones.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

Can neck lines from looking down at phones be prevented?

Partly. Lines from repeated bending of the neck deepen faster when the skin is thin and sun-damaged, so sunscreen on the neck, moisturiser and better screen posture all help. Boosters can improve skin quality once lines appear. The wider picture is on neck and hands concerns.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

Are neck bands treated with injections or HIFU?

It depends on the cause. Vertical bands that stand out on talking are muscle, and respond to small relaxing injections, as in a Nefertiti lift. Loose neck skin responds to tightening such as HIFU. Many people have some of each, and the skin booster guide explains where boosters fit.

Read more: Neck Fillers Singapore

Needle-Free Skin Booster

Can I wear make-up straight after the Deep Synergy Booster?

It is better to wait. The remaining ampoule is patted into the skin at the end of the session, so most people go without make-up for the rest of the day and resume the next morning. If you need to wear something, a light mineral sunscreen is a sensible choice. Your aftercare instructions confirm the timing.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

How close to an event can I have the Deep Synergy Booster?

Because there are no injections and downtime is minimal, many people book it a few days before an event. Having it a day or two ahead allows any mild redness to settle completely. If it is your first session, allow a little more time in case your skin reacts to a new ingredient.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

What is the Deep Synergy Booster?

The Deep Synergy Booster is a CLASSYS skin-booster ampoule. It is applied to the skin and delivered with ultrasound, so no injections are used.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Is the Deep Synergy Booster really needle-free?

Yes. The ampoule is spread on cleansed skin and ultrasound is used to help it penetrate. Nothing is injected at any point.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

What is in the Deep Synergy Booster ampoule?

CLASSYS lists glutathione, niacinamide, PDRN (sodium DNA), centella asiatica extract, adenosine, arginine, seven types of hyaluronic acid, ten peptides and seventeen amino acids.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

How is it different from an injectable skin booster?

An injectable booster places a measured dose at a chosen depth with a needle. The Deep Synergy Booster avoids needles and puncture marks and relies on ultrasound-assisted delivery. Injectables remain the better choice when a precise dermal dose is needed, and both are available at IN Eternity Clinic.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Is the Deep Synergy Booster better than Rejuran?

Neither is better in general; they do different jobs. Rejuran injects polynucleotides at a set depth for repair and texture. The Deep Synergy Booster is needle-free and suits people who want hydration, tone and texture with minimal downtime. Dr Sin Yong recommends one, the other or both after assessment.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Deep Synergy Booster or Profhilo: which should I choose?

Profhilo is an injected hyaluronic acid for hydration and laxity, usually given as 2 sessions. The Deep Synergy Booster avoids needles and works on hydration, tone and texture. Where laxity is the main concern, an injectable or lifting treatment may be advised instead.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

What is the difference between Profhilo and Rejuran?

Profhilo is high-concentration hyaluronic acid injected at a few points per side for hydration and laxity. Rejuran is polynucleotide injected across the area for repair and texture. They are sometimes combined.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

What is the difference between Juvelook and Rejuran?

Juvelook combines PDLLA, which stimulates collagen gradually, with hyaluronic acid. Rejuran uses polynucleotides to support skin repair. They work through different mechanisms.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Is there a needleless Rejuran?

Rejuran as a clinic treatment is injected. So-called needleless Rejuran usually means a polynucleotide product applied to the skin with a device. The Deep Synergy Booster is a needle-free ampoule designed for ultrasound delivery that includes PDRN.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Are Rejuran masks and ampoules the same as Rejuran injections?

No. Rejuran masks and ampoules, such as the Turnover ampoule, are home skincare applied to the surface. The Rejuran used in clinic is an injectable product.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

How many sessions do I need?

It is usually done as a short course of sessions, followed by periodic maintenance. Dr Sin Yong recommends a plan after assessing your skin.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Does it hurt, and is there downtime?

Most people find it comfortable, with at most mild warmth. Mild redness can follow but usually settles quickly, and most people return to normal activities the same day.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Can it be combined with other treatments?

Yes, where suitable. It can be scheduled alongside a Hydrafacial® or a lifting treatment when both skin quality and laxity are concerns. Dr Sin Yong plans the combination at assessment.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Deep Synergy Booster or Hydrafacial: which should I choose?

A Hydrafacial works on the surface for an immediate clean, hydrated glow and suits congested or dull skin. The Deep Synergy Booster works on hydration, tone and texture over a course, without needles. Many people alternate the two.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

How much does the Deep Synergy Booster cost in Singapore?

Cost depends on the areas treated, the number of sessions and whether it is combined with another treatment. IN Eternity Clinic confirms your plan and cost at consultation.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Who performs the treatment?

Every patient is assessed by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong, an International Key Opinion Leader for CLASSYS, who sets the plan for your skin.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Can the Deep Synergy Booster be done after laser?

Often, once the skin surface has settled. It is used to rehydrate skin during a laser course, and the timing depends on the laser used and how your skin has responded, which is checked at the visit.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Can I combine the Deep Synergy Booster with an injectable skin booster?

Yes. They work differently: an injectable such as Rejuran or Profhilo places a measured dose in the dermis, while the Deep Synergy Booster is carried in from the surface by ultrasound delivery. They are usually spaced or sequenced according to your plan.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Is the Deep Synergy Booster the same as the Needleless Synergy Skin Booster?

Yes. "Needleless Synergy Skin Booster" and "needleless skin booster" are names people use for the same treatment: the CLASSYS Deep Synergy Booster ampoule delivered with ultrasound, without needles. Everything about it, including the ingredients and what the evidence does and does not show, is on this page.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Is the evidence for the Deep Synergy Booster strong?

The principle is established: ultrasound can increase the skin’s permeability to topical substances. Independent, peer-reviewed clinical research on the Deep Synergy Booster ampoule itself has not been identified, and its delivery claims come from CLASSYS. It is offered as a hydration and radiance treatment, not as a substitute for an injected dose.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Do I need numbing cream for a needleless skin booster?

Usually not. Because nothing is injected, there is none of the stinging or pressure of injectable boosters. Numbing cream can be used for sensitive skin, and the session can be paused if you need a moment. Afterwards the skin may look slightly pink and feel warm for a short time.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Is a needleless skin booster suitable for oily skin?

Often, yes. Oily skin can still be dehydrated, so a hydrating booster is not only for dry skin. Active acne or broken skin in the area is settled first, and suitability is decided at assessment.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

How long does the effect of a needleless skin booster last?

The hydration from one session gradually fades over the following weeks, which is expected. A short course builds it up and periodic maintenance keeps it there; your interval is set after assessment and varies between people.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Is the Deep Synergy Booster safe for darker skin?

It can suit many people with skin types III to V, because nothing is injected and the treatment does not rely on heat to resurface the skin, so the risk of post-inflammatory pigmentation is low. Mild warmth or redness can follow and usually settles quickly. Ingredients are reviewed with you first, and daily sunscreen in Singapore’s sun still matters.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

How soon will I see results from the Deep Synergy Booster?

Skin often looks fresher and feels more hydrated soon after a session, partly from the ampoule left on the skin. Changes in tone and texture build from session to session across the short course rather than all at once, and results vary between people. See dehydrated skin for what drives tightness and dullness.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Can I have the Deep Synergy Booster during pregnancy?

It is deferred as a precaution. Although nothing is injected, the ampoule contains several active ingredients, and there is little safety data for this kind of treatment in pregnancy. Gentle skincare, hydration and sun protection carry on in the meantime. During breastfeeding, suitability is discussed at assessment.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Does the ultrasound in the Deep Synergy Booster lift the skin like HIFU?

No. Here ultrasound delivery is used to make the skin more permeable so the ampoule can penetrate. It is not focused ultrasound and does not treat sagging. Where laxity is a concern, a separate lifting treatment such as HIFU may be discussed alongside, on its own schedule and after its own assessment.

Read more: Needle-Free Skin Booster

Non-Surgical Rhinoplasty

What fillers are used for nose filler?

Dr Sin Yong usually uses Radiesse (CaHA) or Ellansé (PCL) for the nose, for their structure and minimal spread, with hyaluronic acid where reversibility matters most. The product is chosen case by case.

Read more: Non-Surgical Rhinoplasty

How is nose filler injected safely?

Direct sharp needle supraperiosteal injection — placed at bone level to minimise vascular risk. No cannula is used. Each injection is preceded by aspiration.

Read more: Non-Surgical Rhinoplasty

Is non-surgical rhinoplasty permanent?

No. CaHA and PCL last longer than hyaluronic acid but are all broken down over time, so the result fades gradually and is maintained at review. Only surgery changes the nose permanently.

Read more: Non-Surgical Rhinoplasty

Can non-surgical rhinoplasty fix a bump on the nose?

It can disguise a small hump by raising the bridge above and below it so the profile looks straighter. It does not remove the hump, and a large hump is better assessed for surgery.

Read more: Non-Surgical Rhinoplasty

What is the recovery after non-surgical rhinoplasty?

Mild swelling, tenderness and occasional small bruises for a few days. Avoid pressing on the nose, heavy glasses and strenuous exercise for a short period, and contact the clinic at once if the skin turns pale, dusky or painful.

Read more: Non-Surgical Rhinoplasty

Does non-surgical rhinoplasty hurt?

Most people feel pressure and brief stings rather than sharp pain. Numbing cream is applied first, and the amounts injected are small. The tip is more sensitive than the bridge. Mild tenderness for a day or two afterwards is common and usually needs no treatment.

Read more: Non-Surgical Rhinoplasty

How soon can I wear glasses after nose filler?

Light glasses can usually be worn the next day if they do not press on the treated area. Heavy frames that rest on the bridge are usually avoided for about two weeks while the product settles, because pressure can move or flatten it. Contact lenses or tape-lifted frames are alternatives in the meantime.

Read more: Non-Surgical Rhinoplasty

Can nose filler make my nose look wider?

It can if too much product is used, if it spreads sideways, or if filler is used to treat a nose that is already wide. Placing small amounts deep in the midline keeps the bridge narrow. Repeated touch-ups over years can also broaden it gradually, which is why the total amount is tracked.

Read more: Non-Surgical Rhinoplasty

Is non-surgical rhinoplasty suitable after previous nose surgery?

Usually not. Surgery leaves scar tissue that fixes and alters the blood vessels and reduces the space under the skin, which raises the risk of vascular complications from filler. People who have had nose surgery are generally referred back to a plastic surgery specialist rather than treated with filler.

Read more: Non-Surgical Rhinoplasty

Nose Filler Singapore

Can nose filler make my nose smaller?

No. Filler adds; it cannot remove. A higher, better-defined bridge can make the nose look slimmer from the front, but nose filler cannot reduce size, narrow nostrils or shorten the nose. Those need surgery.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

Which filler is used for the nose at IN Eternity Clinic?

The bridge is usually treated with calcium hydroxylapatite (Radiesse) or polycaprolactone (Ellansé), which hold a defined line with little spread. Hyaluronic acid is used where reversibility matters most, because it can be dissolved. The choice is made case by case.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

How long does nose filler last?

It depends on the product and the person. Hyaluronic acid often lasts around nine to eighteen months on the nose; collagen stimulators are designed to last longer. Neither is a lifelong change.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

Is nose filler safe?

The nose is a high-care area because its vessels are small end vessels, some connected with the eye. Risk is reduced by deep midline placement, small amounts injected slowly, conservative volume and a doctor injecting, with an emergency plan in place.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

Nose filler or nose thread lift: which is better for me?

Filler adds height and projection; threads add definition along the bridge without much volume. A low bridge usually suits filler, a soft, undefined bridge may suit threads, and some plans use both. It depends on your anatomy.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

Can I have nose filler after a rhinoplasty?

Sometimes, but with more caution. Surgery leaves scar tissue and changes the blood supply, which raises the risk. The nose is assessed carefully, and filler is sometimes declined in favour of a surgical review.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

Does nose filler hurt?

Numbing cream is applied first, and many products contain a local anaesthetic. Most people feel pressure and brief stinging. Tenderness for a day or two is usual.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

How much does nose filler cost in Singapore?

It depends on the product, the amount and the areas treated. IN Eternity Clinic gives a written quote after assessment; the consultation fee is S$120, waived with any medical treatment. Published ranges from other clinics, read on 20 October 2026, are shown on this page.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

Is nose filler safe for darker skin?

Filler is not a heat or light treatment, so it does not carry the pigment risk that some lasers carry in skin types III to V. The main colour issue is a bruise, which in darker skin can leave a brown mark for a few weeks; sun protection helps it fade. Thicker skin, common in many Asian noses, hides edges well but limits how sharp the tip can look. More on planning for darker skin tones.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

How soon will I see results from nose filler?

The change in height and line is visible on the day. Swelling then blurs it a little for two or three days, so the shape you see in the first mornings is not the final one. The result is judged at the review two to four weeks later. With Radiesse or Ellansé, the collagen they prompt develops gradually over the following months, and this varies between people.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

Can I wear make-up after nose filler?

Keep make-up off the injection points for the rest of the day, so the small entry marks can close. From the next day light make-up is usually fine, applied gently without pressing hard on the bridge with sponges or brushes. Clean brushes help, as Singapore’s heat and humidity favour bacteria on the skin. Glasses and tight masks stay off the bridge for about a week.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

Radiesse or Ellansé for the nose: what is the difference?

Both are firm collagen stimulators that hold a narrow line with little sideways spread. Radiesse is calcium hydroxylapatite microspheres in a gel; Ellansé is polycaprolactone microspheres in a gel, and its versions differ in how long they are designed to last. Neither can be dissolved with hyaluronidase, so both are placed in small amounts. The choice depends on skin thickness, previous treatment and how settled your plan is.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

Can nose filler be done in one session?

Usually, yes. Most plans are completed in one visit with a review afterwards. Where a larger change is wanted, the work is staged over two visits, because the skin of the nose stretches little and adding too much at once raises pressure on the vessels and widens the bridge. Staging also lets the settled shape guide the second step.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

What should I avoid before nose filler?

If your doctor agrees, pause optional supplements that make bruising more likely, such as fish oil or high-dose vitamin E, for a few days, and avoid alcohol the day before. Do not stop a prescribed medicine on your own. Reschedule if you have a cold sore, a spot or any infection on the nose, and avoid booking within a week or two of an important event.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

Is nose bridge filler or nose tip filler riskier?

Both need care. The tip has tight skin and a small blood supply, so it tolerates very little product and pressure; the bridge has vessels along its sides. In both, small amounts placed deep in the midline and injected slowly reduce risk, and the skin colour is watched throughout.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

Can nose filler fix a bulbous tip?

Not directly. Filler cannot make the tip narrower, and adding volume to a wide tip usually makes it look wider. Supporting the tip or adjusting the bridge can make it look more defined in proportion, but a wide or bulbous tip itself is a surgical question, and that is said at assessment.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

What if I am unhappy with my nose filler?

Hyaluronic acid can be dissolved with hyaluronidase, partly or fully. Calcium hydroxylapatite (Radiesse) and polycaprolactone (Ellansé) cannot be dissolved this way, which is why the product is chosen with you at assessment and amounts are kept small. Earlier filler from elsewhere is examined first, sometimes with ultrasound.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

What are the side effects of nose filler?

Swelling, redness and tenderness for a few days are common, and a bruise is possible. Infection, delayed lumps and a widened bridge are uncommon or rare. The serious risk is a blocked blood vessel, which shows as pale, dusky or mottled skin or severe pain and needs urgent care; any change in vision needs the nearest emergency department.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

How long does swelling last after nose filler?

Mild swelling and tenderness usually settle within a few days, though the line of the bridge can look slightly blurred for two or three mornings. The settled shape is judged at the review two to four weeks later. Keep heavy glasses and tight masks off the bridge for about a week.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

How much nose filler will I need?

Usually less than people expect. A low bridge often needs only a small amount placed in the deep midline, and the tip even less, because its skin stretches little. Where a larger change is wanted, the work is staged over two visits so pressure on the vessels stays low. The amount is written into your plan after assessment.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

How is the risk of a blocked blood vessel reduced with nose filler?

By anatomy-led technique: product placed deep on the bone and cartilage in the midline, below the layer where the main vessels run, in very small amounts injected slowly while the skin colour is watched. Volume is kept conservative, previous surgery is assessed first, a doctor injects, and hyaluronidase and an emergency plan are kept ready.

Read more: Nose Filler Singapore

Nose Projection

What is a non-surgical nose job?

A non-surgical nose job, or nose filler, uses injectable filler to refine the appearance of the nose — smoothing a dorsal bump, lifting the tip or improving projection — without surgery. It reshapes within the existing structure and is not a substitute for rhinoplasty where bone or cartilage is the issue. The nose carries real vascular risk, so it is assessed and performed carefully by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong at IN Eternity Clinic.

Read more: Nose Projection

Can nose filler be dissolved?

Radiesse and Ellanse are Dr Sin Yong's preferred products — chosen for their structural properties. These are not dissolvable, which is why they are placed conservatively and only after assessment. When reversibility is required, HA filler is used instead and is fully dissolvable with Hyaluronidase.

Read more: Nose Projection

What results can I expect from nose filler?

Bridge height, tip projection and tip refinement can be addressed within limits; the change is usually visible straight away and settles over about two weeks.

Read more: Nose Projection

What filler does Dr Sin Yong use for nose augmentation?

Dr Sin Yong's preferred nose fillers are Radiesse and Ellanse — both provide high G-prime structural support with minimal lateral spread, which is critical for natural-looking nose augmentation. They tend to spread less than softer hyaluronic acid, which helps avoid a flattened or widened bridge. HA filler is used where full reversibility is required by the patient.

Read more: Nose Projection

What technique is used for nose filler?

Dr Sin Yong uses a direct sharp needle supraperiosteal injection technique — placing filler precisely on the periosteum (the layer covering the nasal bones). This supraperiosteal plane maximises structural projection and control, minimises lateral spread, and keeps the product away from superficial nasal vessels. Aspiration is performed at each injection point and product is delivered in small, incremental aliquots.

Read more: Nose Projection

How much do nose fillers cost in Singapore?

Pricing depends on how many syringes or how much product your result needs and the areas being treated, which differ from face to face. Because the plan is tailored, a figure follows assessment rather than a fixed menu price; the full plan and cost are explained at consultation at IN Eternity Clinic before anything proceeds.

Read more: Nose Projection

How many sessions of nose fillers will I need?

Many patients achieve their result in a single session, with a review afterwards to fine-tune if needed. How much is done at once depends on your features and goals, and is planned by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong at consultation.

Read more: Nose Projection

Can I wear glasses after nose filler?

Light glasses are usually fine, but heavy frames resting on the bridge can press on the product while it settles. Most people switch to contact lenses or lift their glasses slightly off the bridge for about a week, or for the period advised at the visit. Tight face masks pressing on the bridge should also be avoided in the first few days.

Read more: Nose Projection

Will people notice I had nose filler?

The change is designed to be subtle: a straighter or higher bridge and a neater tip that fit your face. In the first two or three days there may be mild swelling or a small bruise. After that, most people notice that you look more balanced in profile rather than that your nose has been changed.

Read more: Nose Projection

Which filler does IN Eternity Clinic use for the nose?

The clinic usually uses Radiesse (calcium hydroxylapatite, CaHA) or Ellansé (polycaprolactone, PCL) fillers for the nose, assessed case by case, because they hold a narrow line with little spread. Hyaluronic acid is used where reversibility is the priority.

Read more: Nose Projection

Can nose filler make my nose smaller or narrower?

No. Filler adds; it cannot remove tissue, narrow the nostrils or reduce a large nose. A straighter, higher bridge can make the nose look more defined, but its width does not change. Reduction needs surgical rhinoplasty.

Read more: Nose Projection

Who should not have nose filler?

People with very thin nasal skin, a recent infection, certain previous nose surgery or expectations beyond what filler can safely achieve are usually advised against it, or offered a different plan. Pregnancy and breastfeeding are reasons to wait.

Read more: Nose Projection

Can nose filler lift the tip as well as the bridge?

Sometimes. Small amounts placed at the base of the columella and the tip can give modest support and a little more projection, which can improve the angle between nose and upper lip. The tip has a delicate blood supply and tight skin, so it is treated conservatively, and a tip that drops on smiling may also need a muscle-relaxing injection. Thick tip skin limits definition.

Read more: Nose Projection

Can nose filler straighten a crooked nose?

It can make a mildly uneven bridge look straighter by placing small amounts where one side dips, so the line reads more evenly from the front. It cannot move bone or fix a deviated septum, and a crooked nose after injury or with breathing problems needs a specialist opinion first. Whether filler helps is decided by examining the nose from several angles.

Read more: Nose Projection

What is the nasolabial angle, and can filler change it?

It is the angle between the base of the nose and the upper lip. A very acute angle can make the tip look droopy, and a small amount of structural filler at the base of the columella can open it slightly. The change is modest and is planned with the whole profile, including the lips and chin, rather than on its own.

Read more: Nose Projection

Can nose and chin filler be done on the same day?

Often, yes. Profile balance depends on the forehead, nose, lips and chin together, and a recessed chin can make a nose look larger. Where both are planned, they may be treated at one visit or staged, depending on the amounts and products. Chin fillers are assessed in the same consultation, and the plan sets the order.

Read more: Nose Projection

PDRN

Is PDRN the same as Rejuran?

Not exactly. Rejuran is a branded injectable labelled as PN (polynucleotide), the longer-chain relative of PDRN, made from purified salmon DNA. It is often called a PDRN treatment, but PDRN strictly means the shorter-fragment form. Both act as repair signals in the dermis; the Rejuran range is set out on Rejuran Singapore.

Read more: PDRN

Does PDRN serum work the same way as injectable PDRN?

No. Topical serums face skin-barrier absorption limits that injectables bypass by delivering directly into the dermis. The two are not interchangeable in terms of expected effect.

Read more: PDRN

Is PDRN safe? It sounds unusual as an ingredient.

PDRN is a purified, processed molecular fragment used for its specific tissue-signalling properties — not raw biological material. It does not interact with or alter a patient's own genetic material.

Read more: PDRN

What is PDRN made from?

PDRN is made from DNA fragments taken from the sperm cells of salmon or salmon trout, purified to remove proteins and other material. What remains is a chain of nucleotides that acts as a repair signal; it does not enter or change your own DNA.

Read more: PDRN

What is the difference between PDRN and PN?

Both are purified DNA fragments from fish. PDRN has shorter chains and low viscosity; PN (polynucleotides) has longer chains that form a gel able to hold water in the dermis. Rejuran is labelled as PN.

Read more: PDRN

How long does PDRN take to work?

Change is gradual. Injected PDRN or PN is usually given as a course of sessions a few weeks apart, and the effect on skin quality is judged over weeks to months. How much changes varies between people.

Read more: PDRN

Can I have PDRN if I am allergic to fish?

Tell the doctor about any fish allergy or previous reaction to injectables. The material is purified, but your history is reviewed first, and in some cases PDRN or PN is not advised.

Read more: PDRN

Is PDRN regulated in Singapore?

Injectable products are regulated by the Health Sciences Authority, and an injectable should be registered in Singapore and supplied through its local registrant or an authorised distributor. PDRN skincare is sold as a cosmetic, which is notified to HSA rather than evaluated for effectiveness.

Read more: PDRN

Can PDRN be combined with laser treatment?

Often, yes. PDRN and PN are commonly planned around resurfacing or pigment lasers to support recovery, but not usually on the same day as a strong resurfacing laser. The order and spacing are set at assessment.

Read more: PDRN

What does PDRN stand for?

PDRN stands for polydeoxyribonucleotide, a chain of deoxyribonucleotides, the building blocks of DNA. In wound-healing and aesthetic use it means a purified mixture of these fragments from salmon or trout sperm cells. The name describes the chemistry, not a brand; Rejuran, Plinest and many skincare products use the related longer-chain form, PN.

Read more: PDRN

What are the benefits of PDRN for skin?

The proposed benefits are support for skin repair, calmer inflammation, better hydration and barrier recovery, and gradual improvement in texture in thin or recovering skin. Most of the evidence comes from wound healing and laboratory work, with smaller clinical studies in aesthetics, so the change is usually modest, gradual and varies between people.

Read more: PDRN

What skin concerns is PDRN good for?

Injected PDRN or PN is mainly used for thin, dull or reactive skin, skin recovering from laser, crepey under-eye skin and shallow acne-scar texture. It is not good for lost volume, sagging, deep scars or brown pigment, which need other treatments. Whether it suits your skin is decided after an examination.

Read more: PDRN

Is PDRN made from salmon sperm?

Yes. Medical PDRN is extracted from the sperm cells of salmon or salmon trout, which are a rich and consistent source of DNA, and it is then purified to remove proteins. The result is a mixture of DNA fragments, not cells or genes, and it does not enter or alter your own DNA.

Read more: PDRN

Is there a vegan or plant-based PDRN?

Some skincare uses DNA-derived ingredients from plants such as ginseng or green tea and markets them as plant or vegan PDRN. They are a different material from the purified fish DNA used in the published studies, and there is far less research on them. For an injectable, ask what the active ingredient is and whether it is registered with HSA.

Read more: PDRN

Does IN Eternity Clinic sell PDRN skincare?

No. IN Eternity Clinic does not sell PDRN serums, creams or masks. Where a polynucleotide is suitable, Dr Sin Yong uses injectable products registered in Singapore, such as Rejuran and Plinest, and explains why one is chosen over another. If a different booster, or no booster, suits your skin better, that is what you will be told.

Read more: PDRN

Can PDRN help pigmentation?

It is sometimes marketed as brightening, but clinical evidence for PDRN on pigment is limited. Brown marks in Singapore skin have several causes, such as melasma, sun spots and post-acne marks, and each needs its own diagnosis and treatment, usually sun protection, topical care and, where suitable, laser. PDRN may help skin recover around those treatments.

Read more: PDRN

Where can I have PDRN or PN injections in Singapore?

Injectable polynucleotides are given by doctors at medical clinics, using products registered with the Health Sciences Authority. At IN Eternity Clinic, 9 Scotts Road on Orchard Road, Dr Sin Yong examines your skin first and uses PN boosters such as Rejuran or Plinest only where they suit; the consultation fee is waived with any medical treatment.

Read more: PDRN

Pillow Face

Can pillow face be completely fixed?

Usually, when the filler is hyaluronic acid: hyaluronidase dissolves it. The face may look deflated for a while after dissolution. A careful reassessment and conservative re-volumisation plan follows once the tissue has settled over 4–6 weeks.

Read more: Pillow Face

How long does hyaluronidase take to work?

Hyaluronidase dissolves HA filler within minutes of injection. The full visual result of dissolution — including reduction of residual swelling — takes 1–2 weeks. Final assessment is done 4–6 weeks post-dissolution.

Read more: Pillow Face

Can pillow face from Radiesse or Ellanse be fixed?

Radiesse and Ellanse are not reversible with hyaluronidase. These products dissolve on their own over time (12–24 months for Radiesse, longer for Ellanse). Options include waiting for natural dissolution or surgical consultation in severe cases.

Read more: Pillow Face

How do I avoid pillow face in future?

Work with a physician who tracks cumulative volume over time, uses conservative initial doses, chooses the correct product for each area, and assesses your face at multiple angles and expressions before deciding to add more filler. Avoid clinics promoting aggressive filler packages or playing down the risks of overcorrection.

Read more: Pillow Face

How do I know if I have pillow face?

Common signs are cheeks that look round from the front, a face that looks puffy even when you are well rested, smile lines that look stiff, and a profile that has lost the shadow under the cheekbone. Photographs from before filler are the most useful comparison.

Read more: Pillow Face

Does pillow face go away on its own?

Slowly, if at all. Hyaluronic acid can persist longer than its label suggests, especially when it attracts water. Waiting is an option, but dissolving is usually faster and more predictable when HA is the cause.

Read more: Pillow Face

Can I have filler again after pillow face correction?

Sometimes, after the face has settled and been reassessed. If more support is needed, it is usually much less product placed deeper, or a non-filler approach such as lifting. Some people find they prefer their face without it.

Read more: Pillow Face

Pillow Face Correction Singapore

What is pillow face treatment?

Pillow face treatment corrects the swollen, over-filled look that can develop from excessive dermal filler placed over time. At IN Eternity Clinic it involves carefully dissolving and rebalancing the filler under assessment, restoring natural facial contours and proportion. It is planned by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

Is every filler dissolvable?

No. Hyaluronidase only breaks down hyaluronic acid (HA) filler. Non-HA products such as calcium hydroxylapatite (Radiesse), poly-L-lactic acid (Sculptra) and polycaprolactone (Ellansé) do not respond to it. At consultation Dr Sin Yong works out what your filler is most likely to be before planning any dissolving.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

How many dissolving sessions will I need?

Mild overfilling may resolve with a single session. Heavy filler loads accumulated over many sessions typically require 2–3 rounds of hyaluronidase, spaced 4–6 weeks apart, to fully dissolve.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

Will my face look hollow once the filler is gone?

You will look like yourself again, though after years of filler that face can feel unfamiliar at first. Some people notice a short spell where areas look slightly hollow before the tissue rehydrates. Dr Sin Yong talks this through with you at IN Eternity Clinic before treatment, so it is expected.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

When can new filler be placed after dissolving?

Dr Sin Yong recommends waiting a minimum of 4–6 weeks after full dissolution before placing any new filler. This allows proper reassessment of natural proportions and ensures hyaluronidase is fully metabolised.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

Is pillow face prevention possible?

Largely, yes. Overfilling is avoided by an injector who knows the anatomy, holds back, and adds less rather than more. At IN Eternity Clinic, Dr Sin Yong plans volume conservatively and aims for a result that still looks like you.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

How much do pillow face correction cost in Singapore?

Pricing depends on how many syringes or how much product your result needs and the areas being treated, which differ from face to face. Because the plan is tailored, a figure follows assessment rather than a fixed menu price; the full plan and cost are explained at consultation at IN Eternity Clinic before anything proceeds.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

Are pillow face correction painful?

Most patients tolerate the treatment well. A fine needle or cannula is used, the products often contain a local anaesthetic, and numbing cream can be applied beforehand, so discomfort is usually brief and mild. What to expect is explained before treatment.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

How long do results from pillow face correction last?

Results from pillow face correction are not permanent and are commonly maintained with periodic top-ups. How long they hold varies with the product used, the area and individual metabolism, and is discussed as part of your plan.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

Will people notice I had my filler dissolved?

For a day or two there may be swelling and small injection marks. After that, most people simply notice that you look more like yourself, not that something was done. Friends who knew the over-filled look may comment that you look rested. Plan dissolving at least two weeks before an important event so the tissue has time to settle.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

Can I go back to work the same day after dissolving?

Most people return to work the same day or the next. Expect some puffiness and pinpoint marks, which make-up can cover after a few hours if the skin is unbroken. Strenuous exercise, saunas and facial massage are better postponed for a day or so, as advised at your visit, so swelling settles sooner.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

How soon will I see results after dissolving filler?

Over-full areas often begin to soften within hours, and most of the enzyme’s effect is seen over one to three days. Swelling from the injections can blur this at first. The face is judged at the review two to four weeks later, once the tissue has settled, and only then is any further dissolving or refinement planned.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

Is filler dissolving suitable for darker skin types?

Yes. Hyaluronidase is an enzyme injection, not a heat or light treatment, so it does not carry the pigment risk that some lasers carry in skin types III to V. A bruise can leave a brown mark for a few weeks in darker skin, and daily sun protection helps it fade. Planning is otherwise the same for every skin type; see darker skin tones.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

How do you know which filler I had before?

Records from the previous clinic help most, so bring any product names or stickers you have. Dr Sin Yong also asks when and where it was placed, examines how it feels and, where useful, maps it with ultrasound. If the product cannot be identified, the plan is more cautious, and a small area may be treated first to see how it responds.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

What if my filler is not hyaluronic acid?

Calcium hydroxylapatite, poly-L-lactic acid and polycaprolactone do not respond to hyaluronidase. Options then include waiting for the body to break the product down, targeted medical treatment for a discrete lump, or lifting protocols such as Time Freeze Laser LCLR® and VF Lift – Vertical Facelift, which Dr Sin Yong uses where collagen-stimulator excess is the problem. The choice follows assessment.

Read more: Pillow Face Correction Singapore

Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

What is Plinest?

Plinest is a polynucleotide skin booster made from highly purified fish DNA fragments. It is injected into the skin to support repair, hydration and thickness in skin that looks thin, tired or crepey. There are variants for the face, the eye area and other uses.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

What is the difference between Plinest and Rejuran?

Both are polynucleotide injectables, made by different manufacturers, with differences in formulation, concentration and the range of versions available. In practice both aim to support skin quality and repair rather than add volume. Which, if either, suits you depends on your skin, the area and your history, and is decided at assessment.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

How many sessions of Plinest are usually needed?

Polynucleotides are given as a course, commonly three or four sessions spaced a few weeks apart, followed by maintenance if it proves helpful. The exact plan depends on your skin, the area treated and how you respond after the first sessions. A single session on its own rarely shows much.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Can Plinest be used under the eyes?

A version designed for the eye area is used for thin, crepey skin and fine lines around the eyes. It does not fill hollows or remove eye bags, which have different causes such as volume loss or fat. Those are assessed separately and may need a different treatment altogether.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Is Plinest safe if I have a fish allergy?

Fish allergy needs specific discussion because the product is derived from fish DNA. Although it is highly purified, the risk of a reaction cannot be ruled out. Depending on the nature and severity of the allergy, you may be advised not to have it. Tell the doctor about all allergies before treatment.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

How much does Plinest cost in Singapore?

Fees depend on the area treated, the amount of product, the version used and the number of sessions in the course. Whether a polynucleotide is the right choice for your skin is decided first, as another booster or treatment may suit better. Fees are then explained at consultation.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

How long does Plinest last?

The effect builds over the course and then fades gradually over months as the skin keeps ageing, so maintenance sessions are usually suggested if it has helped. How long it holds varies with age, skin condition, sun exposure and the area treated.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Is Plinest the same as PDRN?

Not quite. Both come from fish DNA. Polynucleotides such as Plinest are longer chains that form a viscous gel in the skin; PDRN is made of shorter fragments. They are related but behave differently as injectables.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Can Plinest be combined with laser or other boosters?

Yes, as part of a planned course, usually on separate days. Laser addresses tone or texture and Plinest supports skin quality; a hyaluronic acid booster adds hydration. Spacing avoids injecting skin that is still inflamed from a laser session.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

When will I see results from Plinest?

Change is gradual. Any early glow after the first session is mostly hydration. Skin quality usually improves across the course and is judged a few weeks after the last session, against photographs taken before treatment.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Does Plinest hurt?

Polynucleotide injections tend to sting more than many other boosters, because the gel is viscous and placed superficially at many points. Numbing cream is applied for 30 to 45 minutes first, treatment is paced, and the sensation stops when the injections do.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Who should not have Plinest?

It is not given during pregnancy or breastfeeding, or over active acne, infection or eczema in the area. Because it is derived from fish, a fish allergy needs specific assessment, and treatment may not be advised.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Is Plinest safe for darker skin?

Plinest is an injection, not a heat or light treatment, so it does not carry the pigment risk that some lasers carry in skin types III to V. Small bruises are the main colour concern, and in darker skin they can leave a brown mark for a few weeks, so daily sunscreen matters in Singapore’s sun. Polynucleotides are also considered for sensitised skin that reacts easily to stronger treatments.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Can I wear make-up after Plinest?

Leave make-up off for the rest of the treatment day, while the small bumps and injection points settle. From the next day light make-up is usually fine if the skin is intact. Around the eyes after Plinest Eye, wait until any swelling has eased and apply concealer gently. Clean brushes help in Singapore’s humidity.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Plinest or Profhilo: which suits thin, tired skin?

They work differently. Plinest is a polynucleotide aimed at repair and resilience of thin, sensitised or crepey skin. Profhilo is a concentrated hyaluronic acid that spreads through the skin to improve hydration and firmness. Skin that is mainly dry and lax may suit Profhilo; skin that is thin and slow to recover may suit Plinest. Some plans use both in sequence.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Can Plinest help acne scars?

It may help the skin around shallow scars look smoother as part of a wider plan, and a small randomised study in acne scarring supports the class. It does not lift tethered or deep scars, which need subcision or resurfacing, so Plinest is usually added to those treatments rather than used alone; see acne scars for the full approach.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Can Plinest be used on the neck?

Yes. Crepey neck skin and fine horizontal lines are a common reason people ask about polynucleotides, and the neck is treated with small, shallow deposits across the area. Deeper neck bands or loose skin need a different approach. The neck usually has its own plan within the course; see neck and hands.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

What is the difference between Plinest and Plinest Eye?

Both are highly purified polynucleotide gels from the same Italian maker. Plinest is used across the face and neck for thin, tired or crepey skin. Plinest Eye is formulated for the thin skin of the lower eyelid, where it is placed in small, shallow amounts. Neither fills hollows, and many plans use both in the same course.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Is there downtime after a Plinest injection?

Usually little. Small raised bumps at each point flatten within hours to a day, and mild swelling or pinpoint bruises can last a few days, more often around the eyes. Most people return to work the next day. It is sensible to plan sessions at least a week away from important events in case of bruising.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

How long does a Plinest treatment session take?

Allow about an hour. Numbing cream takes 30 to 45 minutes, and the injections themselves usually take 20 to 40 minutes, depending on the areas treated. Photographs are taken at the first visit in standard light, so that change can be judged fairly across the course.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

What is Newest, and is it the same as Plinest?

Newest is a related product from the same Italian maker that combines polynucleotides with hyaluronic acid. It is not the same as Plinest, which is polynucleotide on its own. At IN Eternity Clinic the Plinest plan uses Plinest and Plinest Eye; if a hyaluronic acid booster would also help your skin, it is planned as a separate step.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Is Plinest a filler?

No. Plinest adds very little volume and does not lift or reshape the face. It is a skin-quality treatment that supports repair, hydration and thickness of thin skin over a course of sessions. Hollows and lost structure need filler or a collagen stimulator, and sagging needs lifting; these are assessed separately.

Read more: Plinest Injection & Treatment Singapore

Plinest vs Rejuran

Is Plinest better than Rejuran?

Neither is better in general. Both are polynucleotide injectables that work in broadly similar ways. The choice depends on the area, the goal, how the gel behaves in that area and which products are registered and available. Dr Sin Yong recommends a specific product after assessing your skin.

Read more: Plinest vs Rejuran

What is the difference between PN and PDRN?

Both come from purified DNA fragments. PDRN usually refers to shorter fragments and PN to longer chains that form a more viscous gel. Marketing uses the terms loosely, so it is more helpful to ask which product is being used and why.

Read more: Plinest vs Rejuran

Does IN Eternity Clinic offer Plinest?

Yes. IN Eternity Clinic offers Plinest, including Plinest Eye, and the Rejuran range (Healer, HB, S and Eye). Dr Sin Yong examines your skin first and recommends one, both in sequence, or a different booster if that suits your skin better, and explains why. Which formulations are available at the time is confirmed at consultation.

Read more: Plinest vs Rejuran

How many sessions of polynucleotide treatment do I need?

A course is usually two to four sessions a few weeks apart, followed by maintenance at intervals. The exact number depends on the area, your skin and your goals, and progress is reviewed through the course with photographs taken in consistent lighting so that gradual change can be judged fairly.

Read more: Plinest vs Rejuran

Can polynucleotides be used under the eyes?

Yes, there are formulations designed for the eye area, including Rejuran I and an eye-area Plinest product. They support thin, crepey skin but do not fill hollows. Where a hollow is the main problem, filler or a combined plan may be advised instead.

Read more: Plinest vs Rejuran

How much do Plinest or Rejuran treatments cost?

It depends on the product, the area, the amount used per session and the number of sessions. A written estimate is given after assessment so you can see what a full course, including any maintenance sessions, involves before deciding. Combining products or treatments changes the plan, and this is explained clearly.

Read more: Plinest vs Rejuran

Is there downtime?

Small raised bumps along the injection lines are common for a few hours to a day or two, and bruising is possible. Most people return to normal activities the next day, but it is sensible not to schedule treatment just before an important event.

Read more: Plinest vs Rejuran

Plinest or Rejuran: which is better for under-eyes?

Neither is better in general. Both ranges have a formulation for thin lower-lid skin, Plinest Eye and Rejuran i, placed in small, shallow amounts. They improve crepey texture and fine lines but do not fill a hollow tear trough. The choice depends on how your skin has responded before and how each gel behaves in that area.

Read more: Plinest vs Rejuran

Plinest or Rejuran: which is better for acne scars?

For individual depressed scars, Rejuran S is designed to be placed beneath each scar, while PN-HPT, the technology in Plinest, has randomised evidence in acne scars when spread across the area. Both work on the skin under a scar, not on the fibrous bands that tether it, so deeper scars usually also need subcision or resurfacing.

Read more: Plinest vs Rejuran

Do Plinest and Rejuran feel different?

Clinicians often describe Plinest as a slightly more fluid gel that spreads evenly, and Rejuran Healer as a little thicker, raising small bumps along the injection lines for a few hours to a day. Both sting briefly and are given after numbing cream. How your own skin responds is the most useful guide.

Read more: Plinest vs Rejuran

Can I switch from Rejuran to Plinest, or the reverse?

Yes. Both are polynucleotides that work in broadly the same way, so switching is a practical choice rather than a medical risk. Common reasons are how long the bumps lasted, how the skin responded, or the area being treated. The next course is planned from a review of your skin and your earlier photographs.

Read more: Plinest vs Rejuran

Are Plinest and Rejuran registered in Singapore?

Every injectable used at IN Eternity Clinic is registered with the Health Sciences Authority and bought from its local registrant or an authorised distributor, and the batch is recorded in your notes. Which formulations of each range are registered and available changes over time, so this is confirmed at consultation.

Read more: Plinest vs Rejuran

Polynucleotide Skin Booster

What is a PN skin booster?

A PN skin booster is an injectable gel of polynucleotides, long chains of purified fish DNA fragments, placed in the dermis to support repair, hydration and thickness. Rejuran and Plinest are examples. It improves skin quality rather than adding volume.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

Is PDRN the same as PN?

They are related. Both come from purified fish DNA, but PDRN is shorter fragments in a thinner liquid, while PN is longer chains that form a gel and stay in the dermis longer. Rejuran is labelled as PN.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

Is salmon DNA safe to inject?

The material is highly purified DNA fragments and does not change your own DNA. Registered polynucleotide products have a reasonable safety record, with mostly short-lived side effects such as bumps, redness and bruising. People with fish allergy need specific assessment first.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

How many polynucleotide sessions do I need?

Most courses are three or four sessions spaced a few weeks apart, followed by maintenance every few months. The exact number depends on your skin, the product and your goals, and is reviewed during the course.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

When will I see results from a PN booster?

Many people notice the skin feels more hydrated and resilient within a few weeks of the first session. Texture and quality improve gradually over the course and are judged against baseline photographs after it.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

Do polynucleotide boosters work for under-eye skin?

They can help thin, crepey under-eye skin. Rejuran Eye and Plinest Eye are made for the area. They do not fill hollows or remove pigment, so the cause of dark circles is assessed first.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

Are PN serums as good as injections?

No. Topical PN or PDRN serums may feel pleasant, but molecules of that size do not pass through intact skin into the dermis in a useful amount. Injected boosters place the product where it acts.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

Which is better, Rejuran or Plinest?

Neither is better in general. Both are polynucleotide boosters with overlapping uses. The choice depends on the area, skin thickness and sensitivity, scarring and your previous response, and is made at assessment.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

Is a polynucleotide skin booster a filler?

No. A polynucleotide booster is placed in small amounts in the dermis and adds very little volume. It aims to improve the quality of thin, crepey or sensitised skin, not to change shape. Hollows, flat cheeks or a weak chin need filler or a collagen stimulator, and sagging needs lifting.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

What is a PDRN skin booster?

The term is usually used for injectable salmon-DNA boosters. Strictly, PDRN is the shorter-fragment form and PN the longer-chain gel, and most injectables people mean by a PDRN skin booster in Singapore, such as Rejuran, are labelled as PN. Ask which product is being used and whether it is registered with HSA.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

What is a salmon DNA skin booster?

It is the popular name for polynucleotide boosters made from purified salmon DNA, such as Rejuran; Plinest is similar but uses trout DNA. The material is purified DNA fragments, not cells, and it does not change your own DNA. It supports repair and hydration of thin skin rather than adding volume.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

Do polynucleotide boosters help acne scars?

They can help the skin around shallow atrophic scars look smoother as one part of a plan, and a small randomised study of purified polynucleotide reported improvement over saline. They do not release tethered scars or reshape sharp scar edges, so deeper scars usually also need subcision or resurfacing.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

Can polynucleotide boosters be combined with laser?

Often, yes. Polynucleotides are commonly planned around resurfacing or pigment lasers to support recovery, and a 2026 split-face trial found better barrier recovery when a polynucleotide was given after a needling procedure. At IN Eternity Clinic, injections and stronger lasers are usually spaced so that each can be judged on its own.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

Who should not have a polynucleotide skin booster?

Treatment is deferred during pregnancy and breastfeeding, and over active infection, acne cysts or a flare of eczema or rosacea in the area. Because the material comes from fish, a fish allergy needs specific assessment and may rule it out. Autoimmune conditions and blood-thinning medicines are discussed first, as they can change the plan.

Read more: Polynucleotide Skin Booster

Profhilo Price Singapore

Why is Profhilo priced per session and per protocol?

Because the treatment is designed as a short course. The standard protocol is two sessions about four weeks apart, each commonly using one syringe for the face. Comparing a one-session price with a two-session price is not a like-for-like comparison, so ask which you are being quoted.

Read more: Profhilo Price Singapore

Do I need a separate syringe for the neck?

Usually, yes. The neck has its own injection points and needs its own product. Sharing one syringe between face and neck reduces what each area receives. The quote should say how many syringes are planned for each area. At IN Eternity Clinic this is set at assessment.

Read more: Profhilo Price Singapore

How much does Profhilo Structura cost compared with Profhilo?

Structura is a different formulation placed in a deeper layer for a different purpose, so it is quoted as its own plan rather than as an add-on. Whether it suits you is decided at assessment, and the written quote states the product, amount and sessions.

Read more: Profhilo Price Singapore

How often do I need maintenance?

Some people return for a maintenance session months after the initial protocol, depending on skin condition and goals. This is decided at review. You should not be asked to prepay for maintenance before you have seen how your skin responds to the first course.

Read more: Profhilo Price Singapore

Why is Profhilo cheaper at some clinics?

The quote may cover one session instead of two, one syringe across several areas, or a different hyaluronic acid product. Ask for the product name, the syringe count per area, the number of sessions and who injects before comparing. Then compare like with like.

Read more: Profhilo Price Singapore

Is Profhilo worth it compared with facials?

They work at different depths. Facials act on the surface; Profhilo is placed beneath it to support hydration and firmness. For dehydrated or crepey skin, a short injectable course can be better value than many surface treatments, but this depends on your skin and is discussed at assessment.

Read more: Profhilo Price Singapore

Profhilo Singapore

How many Profhilo sessions do I need?

The manufacturer's standard course is two sessions four weeks apart. Dr Sin Yong often recommends three where skin quality needs more support; the plan is set at assessment.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

What is the Customised BAP Injection Technique?

BAP stands for Bio Aesthetic Points — five anatomically defined injection points per side that ensure optimal Profhilo diffusion through the tissue. Dr Sin Yong customises these points for each patient based on their individual facial anatomy and laxity pattern, aiming for even spread.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Is Profhilo a filler?

No — Profhilo is a bio-remodeller, not a filler. It does not add localised volume. At 64mg/2ml, it spreads through the tissue and aims to improve skin quality from within; laboratory studies suggest it stimulates several cell types involved in collagen and elastin production.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

How long do Profhilo results last?

How long the change is seen varies between people, often several months. Annual maintenance of 1–2 sessions sustains the bio-remodelling effect.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Is Profhilo painful?

The injections involve mild discomfort — comparable to any fine-needle injection. Most patients find it very tolerable. Small bumps at injection points resolve within 24–48 hours.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Who is Profhilo suitable for?

Profhilo is most beneficial for patients in their 30s–50s experiencing skin quality decline — laxity, crepiness, loss of radiance, reduced hydration and elasticity. It is suitable for most skin types including Asian skin.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Is Profhilo the right skin booster for me?

Profhilo differs from many skin boosters in its thermally stabilised hybrid hyaluronic acid (NAHYCO®), which spreads through the tissue from a few points rather than staying where it is placed. It aims to improve hydration and firmness across a broader area; it does not lift descended tissue.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

What is the Profhilo cost in Singapore?

Profhilo price in Singapore varies by clinic and protocol. At IN Eternity Clinic, Profhilo is administered as a 3-session course spaced 4 weeks apart using the Customised BAP Injection Technique. A personalised quote is provided at consultation. WhatsApp +65 8815 3008 to enquire about Profhilo cost in Singapore.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

How much does Profhilo cost in Singapore?

Profhilo pricing in Singapore depends on the number of sessions in your course and whether it is combined with other skin-quality treatments. The plan and cost are set at consultation at IN Eternity Clinic.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Profhilo or skin boosters — what is the difference?

Conventional skin boosters improve hydration locally where product is placed. Profhilo uses a high concentration of hyaluronic acid that spreads through the tissue plane from a few points, stimulating a bio-remodelling response that firms and improves skin quality across a broader region. Neither adds contour or lifts descended tissue.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Will people notice I had Profhilo?

On the day, the small bumps at the injection points can be visible at close range, so most people avoid important events for a day or two. Once they settle, the change is gradual: people tend to notice that your skin looks fresher or more hydrated rather than that you have had an injectable. Nothing about your features or proportions changes.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Can I go back to work the same day after Profhilo?

Yes, most people return to work straight away. The bumps are small and settle within about a day, and the injection points can be covered with make-up the following morning. It is sensible to avoid heavy exercise, saunas, alcohol and facial massage for around 24 hours to keep swelling and bruising to a minimum.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Is Profhilo better than Rejuran?

Neither is better in general; they do different jobs. Profhilo suits hydration and firmness across a wide area with few injections. Rejuran uses polynucleotides for repair of thin, sensitised or scarred skin. The choice depends on what your skin lacks.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Can Profhilo be used on the neck and hands?

Yes. The neck and the backs of the hands can be treated with their own injection patterns, usually with a separate syringe for each area. Neck lines from posture and laxity may also need other treatment.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Does Profhilo lift sagging skin?

No. Profhilo improves hydration, firmness and crepiness of the skin. It does not reposition tissue that has descended; that is a question for lifting treatments such as VF Lift – Vertical Facelift, threads or, where skin is in excess, a surgical opinion.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

How many Profhilo sessions are in a course, and is maintenance needed?

The manufacturer's standard course is two sessions four weeks apart. Where skin quality needs more support, Dr Sin Yong often plans a third. Maintenance of one or two sessions a year is commonly planned after the course.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Is Profhilo safe for darker skin types?

Profhilo is an injection, not a heat or light treatment, so it does not carry the pigment risk that some lasers carry in skin types III to V. The main colour issue is a bruise at an injection point, which can leave a brown mark for a few weeks in darker skin. Daily sunscreen in Singapore’s sun helps it fade. Planning is otherwise the same for every skin type.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

How soon will I see results from Profhilo?

The bumps settle within a day or two, and some people notice their skin feels more hydrated within the first couple of weeks. Changes in firmness and crepiness build across the course and are usually judged around four to six weeks after the last session. How much changes varies between people, which is why photographs are compared at review.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Profhilo vs Skinvive: what is the difference?

Both are hyaluronic acid, but they behave differently. Profhilo is a concentrated, heat-stabilised gel placed at five points per side that spreads through the skin for hydration and firmness. Skinvive is a lightly cross-linked hyaluronic acid placed as tiny droplets in the cheek skin for smoothness and glow. The longer comparison is in Skinvive vs Profhilo.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Can Profhilo be combined with laser or lifting treatments?

Often, yes. Profhilo works on skin quality, laser on tone or texture, and energy-based lifting such as VF Lift – Vertical Facelift on laxity. They are usually planned on separate days, so swelling from one does not blur the other and each can be judged. The order is set at assessment for your skin.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

What is the downtime after Profhilo?

Small raised bumps at the injection points usually settle within a day or two, and some people have a pinpoint bruise. Most return to work the same day. Avoid make-up over the points for the rest of the day, and skip strenuous exercise, saunas and facials for about 24 hours.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

What are the side effects of Profhilo?

Small bumps, redness, tenderness and pinpoint bruising at the injection points are common and short-lived. A bump that lasts more than a few days, a cold sore flare or infection is less common. As with any hyaluronic acid injectable, a blocked blood vessel is rare; pale or dusky skin near a point, or any change in vision, is an emergency.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Who should not have Profhilo?

Profhilo is not given during pregnancy or breastfeeding, over active infection or a skin flare in the area, or where there is a history of reaction to the product. It is also the wrong choice when the concern is volume loss or sagging, because it does not add shape or lift descended tissue.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Can Profhilo be combined with dermal fillers?

Yes, often, as separate steps. Fillers restore shape or support; Profhilo improves the quality of the skin over it. They are usually planned on different days so swelling from one does not blur the other, and the order is set at assessment.

Read more: Profhilo Singapore

Profhilo Structura Singapore

What is the difference between Profhilo and Profhilo Structura?

Both use stabilised high- and low-molecular-weight hyaluronic acid. Profhilo is placed in the skin at set points and spreads to improve hydration and firmness. Structura is placed deeper, in the fat of the lateral face, to support tissue that has thinned and softened with age.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

Who is Profhilo Structura suitable for?

Generally adults with mild to moderate softening at the sides of the face and early blurring of the jawline, who want a subtle change. It is not suited to advanced sagging with excess skin, or to people whose main concern is skin texture. Suitability is decided in person.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

How many sessions are needed?

Published protocols commonly use two sessions about one month apart. The number for you is decided at assessment and reviewed after the first session, since response varies with age, tissue quality and lifestyle. Any further session or maintenance is planned only if the review shows it would help.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

Can Profhilo Structura be dissolved?

It is made of hyaluronic acid, so it can be broken down with hyaluronidase, a prescription medicine, if there is a problem such as an unwanted lump. This is one reason it is considered a more adjustable option than collagen stimulators, but it is still placed with care in measured amounts.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

Is there downtime?

Most people return to normal activities the same day. Swelling at the sides of the face usually settles within a few days, and bruising at the entry points, if it happens, fades over a week or so. Avoid saunas and intense exercise for a day or two, and plan around important events.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

How much does Profhilo Structura cost in Singapore?

Fees depend on the number of syringes, the number of sessions and whether it is combined with other treatments such as energy-based lifting. Whether it is the right choice for your face is decided first, because a different treatment may suit better. Fees are then explained clearly at consultation.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

Does Profhilo Structura hurt?

Most people feel pressure and a dull pushing sensation as the cannula moves under the skin, rather than sharp pain. Each entry point is numbed with local anaesthetic first, and numbing cream may also be used. Because only a few entry points are needed, many people find it more comfortable than multiple small injections. Tenderness for a day or two is common.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

How soon will I see results from Profhilo Structura?

Any fullness in the first days is mostly gel and swelling, so it is not the result. Change in lateral support, if it comes, develops gradually over weeks and is judged after the planned sessions, against photographs taken at the start. The evidence comes from early, small studies, and response varies with age, tissue quality and lifestyle.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

How long does Profhilo Structura last?

It varies, and the published follow-up is still short. Like other hyaluronic acid products, the gel is gradually broken down by the body, and any supporting effect on the fat layer fades over time. Whether and when a maintenance session is useful is decided at review, based on how your face has responded rather than on a fixed schedule.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

Is Profhilo Structura safe for darker skin?

It is an injection into the fat layer, not a heat or light treatment, so it does not carry the pigment risk that some lasers carry in skin types III to V. A bruise at an entry point can leave a brown mark for a few weeks in darker skin, and sun protection helps it fade. Otherwise, planning is the same for every skin type.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

Can I wear make-up after Profhilo Structura?

Keep make-up off the entry points for the rest of the day so they can close. Elsewhere on the face, light make-up is usually fine the same evening or the next morning. Avoid pressing or massaging the treated areas while applying it, and use clean brushes, as Singapore’s heat and humidity favour bacteria on the skin.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

Profhilo Structura or filler for a softening jawline?

They answer different problems. Structura is aimed at a thinning fat layer at the side of the face and gives a subtle change. Filler or a collagen stimulator such as Radiesse adds structure at chosen points, such as the jaw angle or chin, where bony support is lacking. Many faces need neither, or a lifting treatment instead; the cause decides.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

Can Profhilo Structura be combined with Profhilo?

Yes, they are sometimes planned together because they work in different layers: Profhilo in the skin for hydration and firmness, Structura in the fat at the side of the face. They can be given at the same visit or on separate days, depending on the plan. Background is in the Profhilo Structura guide.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

What are the side effects of Profhilo Structura?

Mild swelling at the sides of the face, tenderness and occasional bruising at the entry points are usual and settle within days. In the two published studies, no serious adverse events were reported. Lumps are uncommon and, because it is hyaluronic acid, can be dissolved. Pain that increases, or skin turning pale or dusky, needs the clinic straight away.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

Is Profhilo Structura a filler?

Not in the usual sense. It is a hyaluronic acid gel, but it is not cross-linked in the way volumising fillers are, and it is placed to support the fat layer rather than to add a shape at a chosen point. It gives a subtle change at the side of the face; a defined jawline or chin needs a structural product instead.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

Profhilo Structura or a thread lift?

They answer different problems. Structura supports a thinning fat layer and gives a subtle change in lateral support. A thread lift repositions tissue mechanically and suits mild to moderate sagging that needs lifting. Some faces need neither, or energy-based lifting instead. How threads work is explained on thread lift in Singapore.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

Where exactly is Profhilo Structura injected?

Into the subcutaneous fat of the lateral face, the area in front of the ear and along the side of the cheek and jaw, usually through one or two small entry points per side with a blunt cannula. It is not placed in the skin itself, as standard Profhilo is, nor close to bone, as structural fillers are.

Read more: Profhilo Structura Singapore

Profhilo Structura vs Profhilo

Is Profhilo Structura better than regular Profhilo?

Neither is universally "better" — they work in different layers. Regular Profhilo spreads through the skin to improve its quality; Profhilo Structura is placed in the fat layer at the side of the face to support it. Dr Sin Yong will recommend the appropriate product, or both, at consultation.

Read more: Profhilo Structura vs Profhilo

Can Profhilo Structura be used on the face?

Yes. The side of the face, specifically the lateral cheek fat compartment, is where Profhilo Structura is designed to be placed and where it has been studied. It goes deeper than regular Profhilo, into the fat layer, usually with a cannula.

Read more: Profhilo Structura vs Profhilo

How many sessions of Profhilo Structura are needed?

Published protocols commonly use two sessions about one month apart. The number for you is decided at assessment and reviewed after the first session.

Read more: Profhilo Structura vs Profhilo

What is the difference between Profhilo and fillers?

Profhilo (and Profhilo Structura) are bio-remodelling treatments that improve skin quality by stimulating collagen and elastin production. They do not add structural volume or reshape contours. Fillers add volume and can reshape features. The two are complementary but serve different purposes.

Read more: Profhilo Structura vs Profhilo

Where is Profhilo Structura injected?

Into the subcutaneous fat at the side of the face, in front of the ear and along the lateral cheek, usually through a blunt cannula from a small number of entry points. It is not spread through the skin like regular Profhilo.

Read more: Profhilo Structura vs Profhilo

Who is not suitable for Profhilo Structura?

People with advanced sagging and excess skin, whose main need is lifting, and people whose concern is mainly skin texture, which regular Profhilo or other skin boosters address better. Pregnancy, active skin infection and some medical conditions also defer treatment.

Read more: Profhilo Structura vs Profhilo

Can Profhilo and Profhilo Structura be done together?

Yes, in some plans. Because they work in different layers, Structura can support the side of the face while Profhilo improves skin quality. They may be given in the same course, with timing set at assessment.

Read more: Profhilo Structura vs Profhilo

Radiesse Singapore

Can Radiesse be dissolved?

Not with hyaluronidase, which only breaks down hyaluronic acid. That is why amounts are conservative and placement is planned with care.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Is Radiesse used for the nose?

It can be. For non-surgical nose shaping Dr Sin Yong usually prefers a structural product such as calcium hydroxylapatite or polycaprolactone rather than hyaluronic acid alone. Suitability depends on the nose and previous procedures.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

What is hyperdiluted Radiesse?

Radiesse mixed with more liquid and spread thinly under the skin to support firmness and quality. It does not add shape.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Where is Radiesse not used?

The lips, directly under the eyes and other thin, mobile areas, where a firmer product is more likely to be felt or seen.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

How long does Radiesse last?

It varies between people and areas. It is gradually broken down by the body while the collagen it prompted remains for a time.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Can it be combined with other treatments?

Yes, often with energy-based lifting or skin treatments, sequenced by Dr Sin Yong.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

How much does Radiesse cost in Singapore?

Cost depends on whether Radiesse is used for structure or diluted for skin quality, how much product the plan needs, how many areas are treated and whether the work is staged over more than one visit. Because these differ from face to face, IN Eternity Clinic sets out the plan and its cost at consultation, after assessment, before anything proceeds.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Will people notice I had Radiesse?

Structural placements change shape on the day, but the amounts are small and planned around your proportions, so most people notice a sharper jawline or a better-balanced profile rather than filler. Diluted treatment works gradually on skin firmness. There may be swelling or a small bruise for a few days, so allow time before important events.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Can I go back to work the same day after Radiesse?

Most people do. Expect some swelling and tenderness, and possibly a small bruise, for a few days. Make-up can usually go on the next day once entry points have closed. Strenuous exercise, saunas and alcohol should be avoided for about 24 to 48 hours, as advised at your visit.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Does Radiesse hurt?

Numbing cream is applied first, and Radiesse is commonly mixed with a local anaesthetic, so the area numbs as treatment goes on. Most people feel pressure and a dull ache rather than sharp pain; the nasal tip and areas over bone are the most sensitive. Diluted treatment by cannula is usually comfortable apart from a brief sting at each entry point.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

How soon will I see results from Radiesse?

Structural placements show a change on the day, because the gel carrier gives immediate support. Swelling blurs it for a few days, and the result is judged at the review around four weeks later. Collagen develops around the microspheres over the following months. Diluted treatment for skin quality works gradually, so little is seen on the day.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Is Radiesse safe for darker skin?

Radiesse is an injection, not a heat or light treatment, so it does not carry the pigment risk that some lasers carry in skin types III to V. A bruise can leave a brown mark for a few weeks in darker skin, and sun protection helps. Nodules relate to placement depth and amount rather than skin colour, which is why placement stays deep and conservative.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Radiesse or hyaluronic acid filler: which should I choose?

It depends on the area and how much reversibility matters. Radiesse is firmer, holds a line well and prompts collagen, but cannot be dissolved. Hyaluronic acid is softer, suits the lips and under-eyes, and can be dissolved with hyaluronidase. For a first treatment in a new area, or where reversibility matters most, hyaluronic acid is often suggested. The choice follows assessment.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Is Radiesse used for hollow temples?

Yes. At IN Eternity Clinic, hollow temples are usually treated with Radiesse, placed deep with a fine needle or cannula, because it gives structure on the day and then prompts collagen. Other options are discussed where they suit better. The anatomy, safety and alternatives are set out on temple filler in Singapore.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

What are the side effects of Radiesse?

Bruising, swelling and tenderness are common for a few days, and the area can feel firm while it settles. Nodules are the commonest complication; in a review of 5,081 treatments, 173 adverse events were reported and nearly all were nodules, most of which were not visible. Infection and vascular events are rare. Severe or increasing pain, pale or dusky skin, or any vision change needs the clinic immediately.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

What happens if a lump forms after Radiesse?

Early firmness usually softens as swelling settles. A lump that persists is examined, often with ultrasound, to see whether it is product, swelling or inflammation. In the published review most CaHA nodules were not visible and settled without treatment; others need targeted care. Because Radiesse cannot be dissolved, options are decided at assessment rather than by massage at home.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Can Radiesse cause vascular occlusion?

As with any filler, product can rarely enter or press on a blood vessel. Radiesse cannot be dissolved with hyaluronidase, which is one reason it is placed deep, in small amounts, by a doctor who knows the vascular anatomy, and kept out of high-risk areas such as the lips and tear troughs. Blanching, severe pain, mottled skin or a vision change needs urgent help.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Can Radiesse be used on the hands?

Yes. Calcium hydroxylapatite is one of the usual choices for the backs of the hands, where it gives firmer cover over veins and tendons and prompts collagen. Hyaluronic acid is the alternative where skin is very thin or reversibility matters. The choice is made after looking at skin thickness and volume loss; see hand rejuvenation fillers.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Radiesse or Sculptra: what is the difference?

Radiesse gives firm structure on the day from its gel, then prompts collagen, so it suits defined points such as the jaw, chin, nose and temples. Sculptra gives little lasting day-one volume and builds collagen gradually over a course, so it suits broader, diffuse volume loss. Neither can be dissolved. Sculptra in Singapore explains the slower option.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Is Radiesse used for the jawline?

Often, yes. Undiluted Radiesse placed deep along the jaw angle and chin can sharpen the outline because it is firm and holds a line. A broad lower face caused by a strong masseter needs a different approach, so the cause is assessed first. How jawline treatment is planned is set out in jawline filler in Singapore.

Read more: Radiesse Singapore

Recovering a Natural Look After Bad Filler

How do I get a natural look back after bad filler?

Address the filler first: ultrasound mapping, then staged dissolving of hyaluronic acid filler, with a review at about two weeks. Then rebuild support without more product, at IN Eternity Clinic usually with VF Lift – Vertical Facelift. How much changes varies between people.

Read more: Recovering a Natural Look After Bad Filler

Should I get more filler to fix bad filler?

Usually not. Most bad results come from too much product or product in the wrong place, and older filler can remain for years. Adding more tends to add weight and width. Correction first, then support without product, is the usual order.

Read more: Recovering a Natural Look After Bad Filler

Will my face look older after filler is dissolved?

It can look hollower or more tired for a while, because the hollow and laxity the filler covered return. Staged dissolving limits this, and the remaining changes can then be treated directly.

Read more: Recovering a Natural Look After Bad Filler

What is VF Lift – Vertical Facelift Restore?

Restore is one of three modes of VF Lift – Vertical Facelift, a radiofrequency treatment on the CLASSYS Volnewmer. It is customised to hollows and helps the patient’s own fat there regenerate, so volume develops over the following weeks. Nothing is injected.

Read more: Recovering a Natural Look After Bad Filler

Which areas can Restore treat?

Dr Sin Yong uses Restore for the temples, the forehead, the central forehead hollow, under the eyes, the lateral cheeks and the prejowl sulcus. Suitability for each area is decided at assessment.

Read more: Recovering a Natural Look After Bad Filler

How long after dissolving can I start VF Lift – Vertical Facelift?

Timing is agreed at review, once the dissolved areas have settled and the face can be assessed as it really is. The order of treatments is planned so that each change can be seen.

Read more: Recovering a Natural Look After Bad Filler

Does VF Lift – Vertical Facelift work on non-dissolvable filler?

It does not dissolve product. Where excess collagen stimulator is the problem, Time Freeze Laser LCLR® may be considered after ultrasound mapping. VF Lift – Vertical Facelift is then used for support and contour.

Read more: Recovering a Natural Look After Bad Filler

Is this approach suitable for younger patients?

VF Lift – Vertical Facelift is used for both older and younger patients; how much it improves varies with age. Younger patients with mainly excess filler may need correction more than rebuilding.

Read more: Recovering a Natural Look After Bad Filler

Rejuran Downtime

Can I go to work after a Rejuran injection?

Most people go back to work the next day, and some return the same afternoon if they do not mind visible bumps. Pinpoint bruises are possible and can usually be covered with make-up once the entry points have closed. If you have an important event, book at least a week ahead to allow any bruise to fade.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

When can I wear make-up after Rejuran?

Make-up is usually avoided for the period advised at your visit, often until the next morning, so the tiny entry points can close and bacteria are not pushed into them. Use clean brushes or sponges when you restart, and choose a gentle product for the first few days.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

Can I exercise after Rejuran?

Light walking is fine. Avoid strenuous exercise, hot yoga, saunas and steam rooms for 24 to 48 hours, because heat and raised blood flow can increase swelling and bruising. Skip swimming pools for a day or two while the entry points heal.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

Does a Rejuran injection hurt?

Numbing cream is applied for around 30 to 45 minutes before treatment, and most people feel a series of quick pricks and a mild sting as the gel goes in. Thinner areas and around the nose and mouth feel more. Rejuran HB contains lidocaine for added comfort. You can ask for a pause at any time.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

When should I worry after Rejuran?

Contact the clinic if pain increases after the first day, the area becomes hot, swollen or increasingly red, pus spots appear or you feel feverish, as these can suggest infection. Hives, lip or eyelid swelling or breathing difficulty need urgent medical attention. A lump still present after two weeks should be reviewed in person.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

How much does Rejuran cost, and does downtime affect it?

Cost depends on the formulation, the number of syringes, the areas treated and how many sessions the course needs. Downtime does not change the price, but if you need minimal visible marks the plan may be spread over more, smaller sessions. Dr Sin Yong gives a written, itemised quote after assessment.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

How long is the downtime for Rejuran?

For most people it is one to two days of visible bumps and pinkness, with any pinpoint bruises fading over about a week. Many return to work the next day. Rejuran S placed into scars, and thinner or fair skin, may show a little longer.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

Can I wash my face after Rejuran?

Yes, gently, usually from the evening of treatment: lukewarm water and a mild cleanser, patted dry, then a plain moisturiser. Avoid scrubs, rubbing and active skincare for the first few days.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

Can I drink alcohol after Rejuran?

It is better to avoid alcohol for the first 24 to 48 hours. Alcohol widens blood vessels and can make swelling and bruising more noticeable.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

Does Rejuran Eye have less downtime?

Rejuran i (Eye) is a thinner gel that spreads more readily, so raised bumps are usually less obvious than with Healer. Under-eye skin bruises easily, though, so pinpoint bruising is still possible and is worth allowing for before an event.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

When will I see results after Rejuran?

Any early glow is mostly water. Changes in texture, fine lines and resilience build gradually over the weeks after each session and are judged after the course, against photographs taken at the first visit.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

What is the aftercare after Rejuran?

For the first day keep the skin clean and leave it alone: wash gently in the evening, pat dry and apply a plain moisturiser. Avoid heat, strenuous exercise and alcohol for 24 to 48 hours, pause active skincare for a few days, and use sunscreen once the entry points have closed.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

When can I restart my skincare after Rejuran?

After a few days, one product at a time: a gentle cleanser and moisturiser first, then vitamin C or niacinamide, then retinoids and exfoliating acids last. If anything stings, stop it for another day or two.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

Can I go out in the sun after Rejuran?

Yes, with protection. Use a broad-spectrum sunscreen once the entry points have closed, and a hat outdoors, especially while the skin is still pink. Skip swimming pools for a day or two.

Read more: Rejuran Downtime

Rejuran Eye (Rejuran i) for Under-Eye Skin

What is Rejuran i?

Rejuran i is the name of the Rejuran formulation designed for the eye area, often called Rejuran Eye. Like other Rejuran products, it contains polynucleotides, long chains of DNA fragments purified from salmon. It is injected into thin under-eye skin to support skin quality and fine crepiness. It is not a hyaluronic acid filler and adds little volume.

Read more: Rejuran Eye (Rejuran i) for Under-Eye Skin

Is Rejuran Eye the same as Rejuran Healer?

They belong to the same family and are both polynucleotide injectables, but Rejuran i is a formulation the manufacturer designed for the delicate eye area, while Rejuran Healer is the standard formulation used across the face. Which one is used, and where, depends on your skin and the area treated, and is decided at assessment.

Read more: Rejuran Eye (Rejuran i) for Under-Eye Skin

How many Rejuran Eye sessions will I need?

A course of two to four sessions, two to four weeks apart, is common, followed by a review. Some people then have maintenance sessions every several months. The number depends on how thin and crepey the skin is at the start and how it responds. Because change is gradual, results are judged against photographs taken before the course.

Read more: Rejuran Eye (Rejuran i) for Under-Eye Skin

Does Rejuran Eye hurt?

Numbing cream is applied for about 20 to 30 minutes first, so most people feel small pricks and some pressure rather than sharp pain. The eye area is sensitive, and a few spots can sting more. Using a fine blunt cannula can reduce the number of entry points. The injections themselves usually take only around 10 to 15 minutes.

Read more: Rejuran Eye (Rejuran i) for Under-Eye Skin

How long do the bumps and bruises last after Rejuran Eye?

The small bumps where the gel is placed usually flatten within a few hours to a day or two. Mild redness settles within hours. Bruising is possible around the eyes and can take a week or so to fade fully; it can usually be covered with concealer after a day. Avoid rubbing, alcohol and saunas for a day or two.

Read more: Rejuran Eye (Rejuran i) for Under-Eye Skin

Can Rejuran Eye be combined with filler or laser?

Yes, in sequence. Rejuran Eye improves skin quality, under-eye filler addresses a hollow, and pigment laser addresses brown discoloration. Where more than one cause is present, treatments are usually planned on separate days, often with skin-quality treatment first. Dr Sin Yong decides the order once he has assessed which causes are present.

Read more: Rejuran Eye (Rejuran i) for Under-Eye Skin

How much does Rejuran Eye cost?

Cost depends on the product and amount used, the number of sessions in the course, whether the crow’s-feet area is included and whether other under-eye treatments are combined. A single course is different from a longer plan with maintenance. Dr Sin Yong gives a written quote after assessment, and the consultation fee is waived with any medical treatment.

Read more: Rejuran Eye (Rejuran i) for Under-Eye Skin

Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

What is the difference between Rejuran Healer and Rejuran HB?

Both contain polynucleotide. Rejuran HB adds hyaluronic acid, which binds water in the skin, and lidocaine, a local anaesthetic that makes the injections more comfortable. Healer is the standard formulation for overall skin quality; HB is considered where dryness and fine lines are prominent or comfort is a priority. Which suits you is decided after Dr Sin Yong examines your skin.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

Is Rejuran S better for acne scars than Rejuran Healer?

Rejuran S is designed for scars: it is a thicker gel placed beneath individual depressed scars, where it stays put. Healer is spread across the face for general skin quality. Many scar plans use both. Deeper rolling, boxcar or icepick scars still need subcision or resurfacing, because polynucleotide does not release tethering or reshape scar edges.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

What is Rejuran i?

Rejuran i is the under-eye formulation, often called Rejuran Eye. It contains polynucleotide at half the concentration of Healer in a more liquid gel, which spreads more evenly in thin eyelid skin and is less likely to show as bumps. It improves crepey texture and fine lines, but it does not fill hollows or reduce eye bags.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

Can different Rejuran formulations be used in one session?

Yes. A common plan is Rejuran Healer across the face and Rejuran i under the eyes in the same visit, because the two areas need different textures. Rejuran S may be added into individual scars. The total amount and the areas are agreed at consultation, and the plan is reviewed before each later session.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

How many Rejuran sessions will I need?

A typical course is around three sessions spaced three to four weeks apart, followed by maintenance every few months if you are pleased with the change. Scars may need more sessions as part of a wider plan. The number varies with your skin, age and goals, and progress is reviewed at each visit rather than fixed in advance.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

How much do the different Rejuran formulations cost?

Cost depends on which formulation is used, how many syringes your areas need, how many sessions the course runs to and whether Rejuran is part of a wider plan such as scar treatment. Dr Sin Yong gives a written, itemised quote after assessment. The consultation fee is waived with any medical treatment.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

Which Rejuran is used for acne scars?

Rejuran S. It is a thicker gel placed beneath individual depressed scars, where it stays put. It works on the skin under a scar; tethered or deep scars usually also need subcision or resurfacing.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

Is Rejuran HB less painful than Rejuran Healer?

Rejuran HB contains lidocaine, a local anaesthetic, so many people find the injections more comfortable. Numbing cream is used before either formulation.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

Which Rejuran suits dry, dehydrated skin?

Rejuran HB is often chosen where dryness sits alongside other skin-quality concerns, because it adds hyaluronic acid, which binds water in the skin. The choice is confirmed at examination.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

Which Rejuran suits sensitive or reactive skin?

Rejuran Healer is usually the starting point for thin, tired or reactive skin, and for skin that has become fragile after repeated lasers or harsh actives. HB may be considered when dryness is also prominent. The choice is confirmed at examination, and flares of eczema or rosacea are settled first.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

Can Rejuran S be used across the whole face?

It is not designed for that. Rejuran S is a thicker gel placed directly beneath individual depressed scars, where it stays put. For overall skin quality Healer is spread across the face, and the two are often combined in one plan.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

What is Rejuran HB Plus?

Rejuran HB Plus is the name used in Singapore and several other markets for the HB formulation: polynucleotide combined with hyaluronic acid, which binds water in the skin, and lidocaine, a local anaesthetic for comfort. It is spread across the face for skin quality where dryness is also a concern. It adds no volume, and it is chosen after examining your skin.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

Is Rejuran HB Plus the same as Rejuran HB?

They belong to the same formulation family: polynucleotide combined with hyaluronic acid and lidocaine. HB Plus is the name used for its launch in Singapore and several other markets. Pack names and versions vary, so the product used is checked against its HSA registration and confirmed at consultation.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

Does Rejuran HB have more downtime than Rejuran Healer?

Usually about the same. Both leave small raised bumps for hours to a day or two and sometimes pinpoint bruises. Because HB adds hyaluronic acid, which draws in water, early puffiness can be slightly more noticeable for a day in some people. Most people return to work the next day.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

How long does Rejuran HB last?

The change builds across a course, typically around three sessions three to four weeks apart, and then fades gradually over months. Maintenance every few months is usually suggested if it has helped. How long it holds varies with age, skin condition, sun exposure and the area treated.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

Which Rejuran should I start with?

Most people start with Rejuran Healer across the face, with Rejuran i added under the eyes if crepey lower lids are a concern. HB is considered where dryness is prominent or comfort matters, and S where individual depressed scars are part of the plan. The choice is made after Dr Sin Yong examines your skin.

Read more: Rejuran HB Plus, S, Healer & Eye Compared

Rejuran Price Singapore

What is the Rejuran Healer price based on?

Mainly on the number of syringes used and the number of sessions planned, plus the doctor’s time and aftercare. Rejuran Healer is the general skin-quality formulation; its cost per session depends on how many areas are treated and how thin or damaged the skin is.

Read more: Rejuran Price Singapore

Is needle-free Rejuran cheaper?

Not necessarily. Needle-free assisted delivery uses different consumables and time. It may suit people who want less visible bumping afterwards. Dr Sin Yong will explain whether injection or needle-free delivery fits your skin and timetable, and the quote will reflect the method chosen.

Read more: Rejuran Price Singapore

Why do some clinics offer very cheap Rejuran?

Possible reasons include a topical facial rather than an injection, less product, product split between patients or unregistered imports. Ask what exactly is being used, how many syringes, whether it is opened in front of you and who injects it.

Read more: Rejuran Price Singapore

Can Rejuran be combined with other treatments?

Often, yes. It is commonly sequenced with laser or energy-based treatments and with hyaluronic acid boosters. Timing matters, so combined plans are set at assessment and each part is listed separately in the written quote. You can then decide which parts to do first.

Read more: Rejuran Price Singapore

Is the consultation part of the price?

At IN Eternity Clinic the consultation fee is waived when you go ahead with any medical treatment. The assessment comes first and the written quote follows it, so you know the full cost of any treatment before deciding. See the fees page for how this works.

Read more: Rejuran Price Singapore

Is Rejuran Eye priced differently from Rejuran Healer?

It can be. Rejuran i (Eye) and Rejuran S come in smaller syringes and are used for smaller areas, while Healer is used across the face. The quote names the formulation and the number of syringes for each area.

Read more: Rejuran Price Singapore

Does the Rejuran price include numbing and review?

At IN Eternity Clinic the written quote states each part, including numbing cream, aftercare and the review between sessions, so nothing is added on the day without your agreement.

Read more: Rejuran Price Singapore

Does a first-time Rejuran trial price show the real cost?

Not usually. A first-time trial price is a single introductory session, while Rejuran works as a course. Compare the cost of the whole course, the formulation and the syringe count rather than the first visit.

Read more: Rejuran Price Singapore

Does Rejuran hurt?

Rejuran is known as one of the more stinging skin boosters, because many small injections are placed close to the surface. Numbing cream is applied for about 30 to 40 minutes beforehand, which makes it tolerable for most people. The forehead and under-eyes are usually the most sensitive areas.

Read more: Rejuran Price Singapore

How soon will I see results from Rejuran?

Some people notice calmer, more hydrated skin within a couple of weeks of the first session, once the bumps have settled. Changes in texture, thickness and fine lines build gradually over the course and the weeks after it, which is why progress is judged with photographs at review rather than after one session.

Read more: Rejuran Price Singapore

Can I wear make-up after Rejuran?

It is usually advised to leave make-up off for the rest of the treatment day so the many small injection points can seal. From the next day, light make-up applied with clean brushes is generally fine, and it can gently cover any bumps that remain. Avoid pressing or rubbing the treated skin.

Read more: Rejuran Price Singapore

Rejuran Singapore

What is Rejuran Singapore?

Rejuran® is an injectable polynucleotide (PN) skin treatment, purified from salmon DNA, available at IN Eternity Clinic on Orchard Road. It is used to support skin repair, texture and resilience, and is considered for fine lines, dull or dehydrated skin and some acne scars.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

How many Rejuran sessions do I need?

A first course is often three sessions about four weeks apart, adjusted to your skin. Change is gradual over 8–12 weeks, and some people choose occasional maintenance sessions afterwards. Dr Sin Yong reviews the skin before each session.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

What is the difference between Rejuran and skinboosters?

Skinboosters (like Profhilo or Restylane Skinbooster) primarily add hyaluronic acid to improve hydration. Rejuran's PDRN mechanism is fundamentally different — it stimulates the skin's own cellular repair and collagen production. The two treatments can be combined for comprehensive skin health.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Is Rejuran painful?

Numbing cream is applied first, and most people describe a series of quick pricks. Small bumps and redness at the injection points are expected and usually settle within hours to a day. Rejuran HB contains lidocaine, a local anaesthetic, for added comfort.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

How does Rejuran differ from regular facials Singapore?

A facial works on the skin surface. Rejuran is injected into the dermis by a doctor, where polynucleotides are intended to support repair and hydration. The two do different jobs and are sometimes combined.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

How long does Rejuran last?

Rejuran works gradually and is delivered as a spaced course, with results building as the skin responds and commonly maintained with periodic sessions thereafter. How long the effect holds varies with the individual, the area and the plan. The maintenance interval is discussed as part of your plan at IN Eternity Clinic.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

What does Rejuran do?

Rejuran delivers polynucleotide fragments purified from salmon DNA into the skin, directed at fibroblast activity and the extracellular matrix — the environment that governs skin quality. It acts on skin repair, texture and resilience rather than adding volume or changing facial shape. At IN Eternity Clinic it is often planned alongside other approaches depending on what the skin needs.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

How much does Rejuran cost in Singapore?

Pricing for Rejuran depends on what your assessment finds, the areas treated and how the plan is staged, which differ from person to person. Because the plan is tailored, IN Eternity Clinic explains the full plan and cost at consultation rather than a fixed price.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

What is the difference between Rejuran Healer and Rejuran S?

Both contain polynucleotide at the same concentration. Rejuran S is a more viscous gel in a smaller syringe, designed to be placed into individual depressed acne scars, while Rejuran Healer is spread across the face for overall skin quality. Deep scars usually need Rejuran S to be part of a wider scar plan rather than a single step on its own.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

What is Rejuran Eye?

Rejuran Eye is the common name for Rejuran I, a lower-concentration, more liquid polynucleotide made for the thin skin under the eyes and around crow’s feet. Its thinner texture lowers the chance of visible bumps. It improves crepey skin quality; it does not fill a tear trough hollow or remove eye bags.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Can I have Rejuran if I am allergic to fish?

Rejuran is purified from salmon DNA. Tell the doctor about any fish allergy or previous reaction to injectables, because your history is reviewed before treatment and in some cases Rejuran is not advised. Pregnancy and breastfeeding are also reasons to defer, as are active skin infection or a flare of a skin condition in the area to be treated.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Does Rejuran add volume or lift the face?

No. Rejuran works on skin quality, repair and resilience. Any immediate fullness is from the injected fluid and the small bumps at each point, which settle within a day or so. Lost volume, deep folds and sagging are assessed separately and treated with other approaches such as filler, collagen stimulators or energy-based lifting.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Can Rejuran be combined with laser treatment?

Often, yes. Rejuran is commonly planned around resurfacing or pigment lasers because it supports the skin while it recovers. It is not usually given on the same day as a strong resurfacing laser. The order and spacing of sessions are set by Dr Sin Yong for your skin and the lasers involved.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Is Rejuran an injection or a facial?

Rejuran is an injectable polynucleotide treatment placed into the upper layer of the skin with a fine needle. It is sometimes called a Rejuran facial because the whole face is treated in one session, but it is a medical procedure performed by a doctor, not a beauty facial. Polynucleotide serums applied on the surface after other treatments are a different, lighter approach and should not be confused with an injection.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

What should I avoid before a Rejuran injection?

Tell the clinic about blood-thinning medicines, supplements such as fish oil or high-dose vitamin E, any fish allergy and any active skin flare. Avoid alcohol the day before if you bruise easily, and arrive without heavy make-up. Do not stop a prescribed medicine on your own; Dr Sin Yong will advise what is safe. If you have an event, leave a few days for small bumps and any bruising to settle.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Can Rejuran be given without needles?

Not in the same way. Polynucleotide products made for injection need to reach the dermis to act as intended. Serums containing polynucleotide can be applied after treatments that open temporary channels in the skin, but less reaches the target layer and it spreads unevenly. For people who prefer to avoid needles, Dr Sin Yong can discuss needle-free skin quality options such as the Deep Synergy Booster, which uses ultrasound delivery.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

When will I see results from Rejuran?

Many people notice that the skin feels more hydrated within a couple of weeks. Change in texture and resilience builds over the course and is usually judged four to eight weeks after the last session. How much changes varies between people.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

How long do Rejuran bumps last?

The small bumps at each injection point usually flatten within a day. Under the eyes they can take a little longer, and any pinpoint bruise can take up to a week to fade.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Is Rejuran HB more comfortable than Rejuran Healer?

Rejuran HB contains lidocaine, a local anaesthetic, so the injections can feel more comfortable. That also means any history of reaction to local anaesthetics matters. Rejuran Healer is given after numbing cream.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Can Rejuran help acne scars?

Rejuran S placed into individual depressed scars can soften shallow scars. Deeper rolling, boxcar or ice-pick scars usually need subcision or resurfacing as well. See acne scar treatment.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Is the Rejuran at IN Eternity registered in Singapore?

Yes. Every injectable used at IN Eternity Clinic is registered in Singapore and bought from its local registrant or authorised distributor, and the product and batch are recorded in your notes.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Is Rejuran Healer the same as a Rejuran facial?

Usually, yes. “Rejuran facial” is a common name for Rejuran Healer injected across the face in small, shallow deposits, followed by a calming mask. It is a medical injection given by a doctor, not a beauty facial.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Can Rejuran be used on the neck?

Yes. Rejuran Healer can be placed in shallow deposits along and between neck lines, often as a short course alongside other neck care. Deep neck bands or loose neck skin need a different approach.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

How far apart are Rejuran sessions?

A first course is usually a few sessions spaced a few weeks apart, with the skin reviewed before each one. Some people stop after the course; others choose occasional maintenance.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Can I have Rejuran while pregnant or breastfeeding?

It is postponed. Rejuran has not been studied in pregnancy or breastfeeding, so elective injections are usually left until afterwards.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Is Rejuran safe for darker skin?

Rejuran is an injection, not a heat or light treatment, so it carries little of the pigment risk that some lasers carry in skin types III to V. The main colour concern is a pinpoint bruise, which can leave a brown mark for a few weeks in darker skin, and daily sunscreen in Singapore helps it fade. It is also often planned alongside laser to support skin as it recovers.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Rejuran or Plinest: which polynucleotide should I choose?

Both are long-chain polynucleotides purified from fish DNA and given as a course. Rejuran comes from salmon and has versions for scars and the eyes; Plinest comes from trout and has an eye version. The choice depends on your skin, the area and how you have responded before, rather than the brand. The comparison is in Plinest vs Rejuran.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Can Rejuran help with large pores?

It may make pores look a little finer as skin quality improves over a course, but it does not shrink them directly. Enlarged pores are often driven by oil, sun damage and loss of support around the pore, so they usually respond better to a combined plan, for example with laser or micro-dose anti-wrinkle injections. See enlarged pores for the options.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Does Singapore’s heat and humidity affect Rejuran recovery?

A little. Heavy sweating, hot yoga, saunas and swimming are avoided for a day or two, because heat increases redness and swelling and the injection points are small open channels. Air-conditioned rest, a gentle cleanser and daily sunscreen are enough for most people. Plan sessions away from outdoor events in the midday sun for the first few days.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Is Rejuran worth it?

Usually, when the skin itself is the problem: thin, dull or crepey skin, fine texture and slow recovery, given as a course of about three sessions. It is usually not worth it for lost volume, hollows, sagging or pigment such as melasma, because polynucleotides work on skin quality rather than shape or colour.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Is Rejuran worth it for under-eye skin?

It can be for thin, crepey lower-lid skin, using the eye formulation. If the main problem is a hollow or a fat bulge, other treatments come first, such as under-eye filler for a hollow, so the under-eye is assessed before deciding which suits you.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

How many Rejuran sessions before I know if it is worth it?

Most plans are about three sessions a few weeks apart, and the fair review comes after the course, comparing photographs taken at the start. One session is rarely enough to judge, although many people notice that their skin feels more hydrated within the first few weeks.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Is Rejuran worth it compared with Profhilo?

They do different jobs. Rejuran focuses on repair and resilience of thin or sensitised skin; Profhilo on hydration and firmness across a wide area from a few injection points. Which is worth it depends on whether your skin is mainly thin and fragile or mainly dry and lax, and some plans use both in sequence.

Read more: Rejuran Singapore

Sculptra Price Singapore

How many vials of Sculptra do I need?

It depends on how much volume has been lost, the areas treated and how your tissue responds. Facial plans are spread over several sessions so the response can be judged before more is added. A fair plan states vials per session and the expected number of sessions, and is reviewed after each.

Read more: Sculptra Price Singapore

Why do some clinics quote Sculptra per ml?

Because volume after reconstitution is easy to quote. But most of that volume is water. The amount of poly-L-lactic acid is set by the number of vials, so ask for the vial count to compare quotes fairly. The vial count should be written into the quote.

Read more: Sculptra Price Singapore

Is Sculptra more expensive than filler?

The cost structures differ. Filler gives an immediate change from the product itself; Sculptra builds collagen over months across a course. Which is better value depends on the area and your aim. Dr Sin Yong will explain which suits your face, or whether neither is needed.

Read more: Sculptra Price Singapore

How many sessions are usually needed?

Facial plans commonly involve a small number of sessions spaced several weeks apart. The exact number depends on the area and response. At IN Eternity Clinic each session is reviewed before the next is confirmed, and the course can stop early if enough has been achieved.

Read more: Sculptra Price Singapore

Can Sculptra be used on the body, and does it cost more?

It is used on some body areas, such as the buttocks or arms. These areas need considerably more product than the face, so the cost is higher and should be quoted as a separate plan after assessment. Body plans also need more sessions and a longer review period.

Read more: Sculptra Price Singapore

What happens if I get a nodule?

Small lumps can occur and usually settle with time and massage; persistent nodules need medical review. Because Sculptra cannot be dissolved, prevention through conservative dosing and correct depth matters. Any review visits for complications should be explained in the quote.

Read more: Sculptra Price Singapore

Sculptra Side Effects

What are the most common Sculptra side effects?

Swelling, tenderness and bruising at the injection sites for a few days, and an early fullness that fades within the first week. Some people feel small soft irregularities while the area settles. These usually resolve without treatment. Follow the massage and aftercare routine you are given and contact the clinic if swelling increases rather than eases.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

How common are Sculptra nodules?

Small lumps you can feel but not see are reported more often than visible nodules. Visible nodules became less common as technique changed towards larger dilution volumes, longer hydration time and deeper placement. Rates vary between studies and depend heavily on preparation and technique, which is why they are planned so carefully at IN Eternity Clinic.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

Do Sculptra lumps go away?

Many small papules soften over weeks to months, especially with massage. Firm or visible nodules may need treatment, such as an anti-inflammatory injection into the nodule or energy-based options. Late-onset granulomas need assessment because they behave differently. Any lump that is red, tender, growing or appears late should be reviewed in person.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

Is Sculptra safe long-term?

Poly-L-lactic acid has been used as an injectable for more than two decades, and its particles are gradually broken down and cleared by the body. Long-term follow-up in published studies shows a generally favourable safety profile. Rare late granulomas are described in case reports, so any new lump months later should be checked.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

Can Sculptra be removed if I do not like it?

It cannot be dissolved with hyaluronidase. Small lumps often soften with time, and nodules can be treated directly. For excess product, Time Freeze Laser LCLR® is used at IN Eternity Clinic to take away the excess after ultrasound mapping. This is why the first dose is always conservative.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

How much does Sculptra cost, and does a safer technique cost more?

Cost depends on the number of vials per session, the number of sessions and the areas treated. Careful preparation and conservative dosing are part of every treatment rather than an extra. Dr Sin Yong gives a written, itemised quote after assessment, and the consultation fee is waived with any medical treatment.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

How long does swelling last after Sculptra?

Usually a few days. The area looks fuller straight away, but that is water and swelling and it fades within the first week, which can be disappointing if you were not expecting it. Bruising can take about a week to clear. The lasting change builds over the following weeks and months.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

Can Sculptra cause lumps years later?

Rarely. Late-onset granulomas are inflammatory lumps that can appear months or even years after treatment, sometimes after an infection or illness. Any lump that is red, tender, growing or appears late should be examined in person, often with ultrasound.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

Is Sculptra injected under the eyes?

The thin, highly mobile skin immediately around the eyes is avoided, because nodules there are more common and more visible. Under-eye concerns are usually approached with other options.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

When should I worry after Sculptra?

Contact the clinic the same day for severe or increasing pain, or skin that turns pale, grey or blotchy. Contact the clinic promptly for a lump that is red, tender or growing, or for signs of infection such as warmth, pus or fever.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

Can Sculptra nodules be massaged away?

Small papules often soften over weeks to months, and massage can help. Firm or visible nodules usually do not massage away; they are examined, often with ultrasound, before treatment such as an anti-inflammatory injection into the nodule is considered.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

How soon after Sculptra can nodules appear?

Visible nodules usually appear in the months after treatment rather than in the first days, which is why reviews continue after the injections. Late-onset granulomas are different and rare: they can appear months or years later and need assessment.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

Is a hard lump after Sculptra normal?

In the first days, small soft irregularities are common while swelling settles. A firm lump that persists, can be seen, or appears weeks to months later is not something to wait out: book a review so that it can be examined.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

Can Sculptra cause blindness?

It is possible with any injectable but rare. Reviews of the world literature found 98 cases of vision change after filler up to 2015 and 48 more to 2018, most often with fat and hyaluronic acid around the nose and glabella. Sculptra is placed deep and conservatively. Any change in vision after an injection means contacting the clinic immediately and going to an emergency department.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

Are Sculptra side effects worse than Radiesse or Ellansé?

Not worse, but different in timing. All three share swelling, bruising and the risk of nodules, and none can be dissolved. Radiesse and Ellansé show their shape on the day, while Sculptra lumps or overcorrection tend to appear over months, which is why Sculptra is dosed in small amounts and reviewed between sessions.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

Can Sculptra cause an allergic reaction?

Allergic reactions are rare. Poly-L-lactic acid is a biodegradable polymer used in medicine for decades, but the product also contains other components and is often mixed with a local anaesthetic, so allergies are checked first. Swelling that spreads, hives or difficulty breathing needs urgent help; the clinic keeps an anaphylaxis kit on site.

Read more: Sculptra Side Effects

Sculptra Singapore

Is Sculptra a filler?

No. It is a collagen stimulator. The fullness seen on day one is temporary; the lasting change comes from the collagen your skin builds over the following months.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Can Sculptra be dissolved?

No. Hyaluronidase only dissolves hyaluronic acid filler. That is why Sculptra is dosed conservatively and placed after careful assessment.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

How many sessions are usually needed?

It depends on the area and how much volume has been lost. Sessions are spaced weeks apart and the plan is reviewed after each one.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Who should not have Sculptra?

People with active skin infection or inflammation in the area, those who are pregnant or breastfeeding, and anyone wanting an immediate result. Your medical history is reviewed first.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Can Sculptra be combined with energy treatments?

Often, yes, but timing matters. Dr Sin Yong sequences lifting or resurfacing treatments around injectable sessions.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

What does the first week look like?

Swelling, possible bruising and an early fullness that fades. Aftercare instructions, including massage, are explained at the session.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

How much does Sculptra cost in Singapore?

Cost depends on how much volume has been lost, which areas are treated, how much product each session uses and how many sessions the plan needs. Because the plan is reviewed and adjusted after every session, IN Eternity Clinic explains the expected course and its cost at consultation rather than quoting a fixed figure.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Will people notice I had Sculptra?

Not in a sudden way. After the early swelling fades in the first week, the change builds slowly over months as your own collagen develops. People tend to say you look rested or healthier rather than that something has been injected. That gradual pattern is one reason some patients prefer a collagen stimulator.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Can I go back to work the same day after Sculptra?

Most people do. Expect swelling and tenderness for a few days and possibly a bruise, which make-up can usually cover the next day. Keep up the massage routine you are given, and avoid strenuous exercise, saunas and alcohol for the period advised at your visit.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

How long does Sculptra last?

Because the result is your own collagen, it fades gradually rather than suddenly. Studies describe effects lasting around two years in many people, though age, skin quality, weight change and sun exposure all affect this. A single top-up session is usually considered when change starts to fade, rather than on a fixed schedule decided in advance.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

How many vials of Sculptra will I need?

It depends on how much volume has been lost, how many areas are treated, your face size and bone structure, your skin quality and whether earlier product is present. Body areas use more than the face. Dr Sin Yong gives an estimate for the whole course at consultation and reviews it at each session, so you are not committed to vials you may not need.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Can Sculptra be done in one session instead of several?

Placing the whole amount at once raises the risk of nodules and of overcorrection, and the product cannot be dissolved. Splitting it across sessions lets each dose be judged before the next. A small plan, such as temples alone in someone with mild hollowing, can occasionally be completed in one visit, but this is decided at assessment.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

When will I see results from Sculptra?

The fullness on the first day is not the result and fades within a week. Change from new collagen usually becomes visible a few weeks after the second session and continues to develop for about three months after the last one. Progress is judged against photographs taken at the start, because gradual change is easy to miss in the mirror.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

What are the side effects of Sculptra?

Swelling, tenderness and bruising are common for a few days. Small lumps that can be felt but not seen can occur and are reviewed at the clinic. Visible nodules are uncommon and are mostly linked to placement and dose, which is why sessions are conservative and spaced.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

What causes Sculptra nodules?

Nodules usually form where too many particles collect in one place: superficial placement, a concentrated mix, thin or very mobile areas such as the lips or around the eyes, or uneven spread. Deep placement, adequate dilution, small amounts per session and the massage routine reduce the risk.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Why do I need to massage after Sculptra?

Massage helps spread the particles evenly while the carrier water is absorbed, so collagen forms smoothly rather than around clusters. You will be shown how and for how long. Hard, prolonged pressure on a firm lump is not advised; report it instead.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Which should I choose: Sculptra, Radiesse or Ellansé?

It depends on the problem. Sculptra suits gradual, even volume over wide areas such as the temples and mid-face. Radiesse and Ellansé give visible structure on the day and suit defined points such as the jawline or chin. Dr Sin Yong decides after examining the face.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Can too much Sculptra be corrected?

It can be assessed and managed. Hyaluronidase does not work on PLLA, so the product is first mapped, with ultrasound where useful. Depending on what is found, options range from waiting and targeted medical treatment to Time Freeze Laser LCLR® or VF Lift – Vertical Facelift, which Dr Sin Yong built to take away the excess.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Can Sculptra be used on the body?

Yes, in areas such as the neck, décolletage and buttocks, where it is used to improve crepey skin or mild volume loss. Body areas need more product than the face, and the same rules of deep, even placement and spaced sessions apply.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Is Sculptra safe for darker skin?

Sculptra is placed deep and is not a heat or light treatment, so it does not carry the pigment risk that some lasers carry in skin types III to V. A bruise can leave a brown mark for a few weeks in darker skin, and sun protection helps it fade. Nodule risk depends on placement depth, dilution and dose rather than skin colour.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Does Sculptra hurt?

Numbing cream is applied first, and the suspension is usually prepared with a local anaesthetic, so the area numbs as treatment goes on. Most people feel pressure and a dull ache rather than sharp pain, more over bone and at the temples. Tenderness and mild swelling for a few days are common, and simple painkillers are usually enough.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Sculptra or Juvelook: what is the difference?

Both prompt collagen, but they are used differently. Sculptra is poly-L-lactic acid placed deep to restore broad volume loss over months. Juvelook is poly-D,L-lactic acid with hyaluronic acid, placed more superficially for skin texture and fine lines. One answers lost volume; the other answers skin quality. Some plans use both in different layers.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Can Sculptra treat hollow temples?

It can, for gradual, broad hollowing in lean faces, placed by cannula over a course. At IN Eternity Clinic, temple hollows are usually treated with Radiesse (CaHA), which gives structure on the day; Sculptra is considered where a slower, wider change suits better. The options are compared on temple filler in Singapore.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Can Sculptra cause vascular occlusion or blindness?

It is possible with any injectable, but rare. A review of the world literature found 98 cases of vision change after filler up to 2015, most often with fat and hyaluronic acid, and a later update found 48 more. Sculptra is placed deep and conservatively. Blanching, severe or increasing pain, dusky skin or any change in vision after an injection means contacting the clinic immediately, and going to an emergency department for any vision change.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Does Sculptra last longer than hyaluronic acid filler?

Often, but not always. In a randomised trial Sculptra’s effect on nasolabial folds was reported for up to 25 months, while hyaluronic acid fillers vary with the gel and the area. The trade-off is reversibility: hyaluronic acid can be dissolved, Sculptra cannot. Which suits you depends on the area, how quickly you want change and how much reversibility matters, decided at assessment.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Is Sculptra the same as a collagen injection?

Not quite. Older collagen injections placed animal or human collagen into the skin; that approach is now uncommon and is not offered at IN Eternity Clinic. Sculptra instead prompts your own collagen to form over months. The options people mean by “collagen injection” today, from biostimulators to skin boosters, are compared on collagen injection in Singapore.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Does Sculptra lift sagging skin?

No. Sculptra restores volume gradually; it does not reposition tissue that has descended. Where the main change is sagging rather than hollowing, lifting such as VF Lift – Vertical Facelift on CLASSYS Volnewmer may come first, and any volume is judged afterwards. Dr Sin Yong decides the order after examining the face at rest and in movement.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

What happens if I stop having Sculptra?

Nothing sudden. The collagen it prompted fades gradually with normal ageing rather than collapsing, so there is no rebound and no need to keep treating on a schedule. Whether a further session is worthwhile is decided at a review once you or the doctor notice the change starting to fade.

Read more: Sculptra Singapore

Sculptra vs Juvelook

What is the difference between Sculptra and Juvelook?

Sculptra is poly-L-lactic acid, placed deep to restore volume gradually. Juvelook is poly-D,L-lactic acid with hyaluronic acid, placed in or just beneath the skin to improve texture, crepiness and shallow scars. Both stimulate collagen over months and neither can be dissolved, but they are used for different concerns and at different depths.

Read more: Sculptra vs Juvelook

Which lasts longer, Sculptra or Juvelook?

Both are judged over months and are often maintained with a top-up session after a year or so, but longevity varies with the person, the area and the dose. Sculptra used for volume tends to be planned as a longer-lasting structural change; Juvelook as a skin-quality course with maintenance. Your plan is discussed at consultation.

Read more: Sculptra vs Juvelook

Is Juvelook safer than Sculptra?

Both have long safety records when used correctly, and both can cause nodules if placed too superficially or too concentrated. The risks differ by area: PDLLA has particular reports of problems under the eyes, while PLLA needs careful dilution and deep placement. Neither is safer for everyone; the right product in the right plane matters most.

Read more: Sculptra vs Juvelook

Can I have Sculptra and Juvelook together?

Sometimes, when a face needs both volume and skin quality. They are placed at different depths and are usually given in separate sessions so the effect of each can be judged and the total dose stays conservative. Dr Sin Yong decides the order based on what bothers you most.

Read more: Sculptra vs Juvelook

Can Sculptra or Juvelook be used under the eyes?

The lower eyelid is a high-risk area for collagen stimulators. Reports describe PDLLA tracking upward and forming nodules after tear-trough use, and Sculptra is generally kept away from the thin eyelid skin. Other options, such as soft hyaluronic acid or polynucleotide, are usually preferred there.

Read more: Sculptra vs Juvelook

How much do Sculptra and Juvelook cost?

Cost depends on the product, how many vials each session needs, the areas treated and how many sessions the course requires. Volume plans and skin-quality plans differ. Dr Sin Yong gives a written, itemised quote after assessment, and the consultation fee is waived with any medical treatment.

Read more: Sculptra vs Juvelook

What is a PDLLA skin booster?

It is an injectable of poly-D,L-lactic acid microspheres, such as Juvelook, placed in or just under the dermis to prompt new collagen over weeks to months. It is called a booster because it works on skin quality, texture and pores rather than shape, but it behaves like a collagen stimulator and cannot be dissolved.

Read more: Sculptra vs Juvelook

Which is better for acne scars, Sculptra or Juvelook?

For shallow acne scars and texture, Juvelook is usually the more direct of the two, because it is placed in the skin where the scars sit. Sculptra is placed deep for volume and is not designed for scars. Tethered or deep scars still need subcision or resurfacing, with a collagen stimulator as one supporting step.

Read more: Sculptra vs Juvelook

When will I see results from Sculptra or Juvelook?

Not straight away. Early fullness after either is mostly water and fades within days. The collagen change develops over the following weeks and months, and the result is usually judged two to three months after the last session, against photographs from your first visit.

Read more: Sculptra vs Juvelook

What is Juvelook Volume?

Juvelook Volume is a related PDLLA product from the same maker, marketed for deeper volume support rather than skin quality. In purpose it sits closer to Sculptra. Like all polylactic acids it cannot be dissolved and carries a risk of nodules, so the dose and depth are kept conservative, and suitability is decided at assessment.

Read more: Sculptra vs Juvelook

Is Sculptra or Juvelook better for temples?

For hollow temples, Sculptra is usually the closer match, because it is placed deep to restore volume gradually. Juvelook is designed for skin quality and adds little volume. Soft hyaluronic acid filler is another option where a quicker, reversible change is preferred. The choice depends on your anatomy and how much change you want.

Read more: Sculptra vs Juvelook

Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

Which is better, Sculptra or Radiesse?

Neither is better in general. Sculptra builds collagen gradually and suits broad volume loss where a slow, soft change is wanted. Radiesse gives firm immediate support for structural areas such as the nose, chin and jaw, or can be diluted for skin firmness. Dr Sin Yong chooses after examining the face and mapping any existing filler.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

What is the difference between Ellansé and Sculptra?

Ellansé is polycaprolactone microspheres in a gel, giving immediate support followed by collagen formation. Sculptra is poly-L-lactic acid with little lasting day-one volume, building collagen gradually over a course. Ellansé is often used for structure; Sculptra for gradual, diffuse volume. Neither can be dissolved with hyaluronidase.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

Can these collagen stimulators be dissolved?

No. Hyaluronidase only breaks down hyaluronic acid. Poly-L-lactic acid, calcium hydroxylapatite and polycaprolactone are broken down slowly by the body on their own timetable. That is why quantities are kept conservative and the plan is reviewed before more product is added.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

Which one is used for the nose?

For non-surgical nose shaping, Dr Sin Yong usually prefers a structural product such as calcium hydroxylapatite or polycaprolactone rather than hyaluronic acid alone, placed deep and in small amounts. Suitability depends on the nose, skin thickness and any previous procedures, which are assessed first.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

How long do the results last?

It varies with the product, the version used, the area and the person. Collagen built in response to the particles persists for a time after the particles are broken down. Expected duration for your plan is discussed at consultation rather than promised in advance, because metabolism and lifestyle differ.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

How much do Sculptra, Radiesse and Ellansé cost?

Cost depends on the product chosen, the number of syringes or vials needed, the number of sessions, and whether ultrasound mapping or correction of old filler is needed first. Dr Sin Yong gives a written quote after assessment that lists each part of the plan.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

Can I have them if I already have filler?

Possibly, but the existing filler is mapped with ultrasound first. Layering new product on old is a common cause of heaviness. Where older filler has spread or sits in the wrong place, correction or waiting may come before any collagen stimulator is considered.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

Which collagen stimulator lasts longest?

The studies cannot answer that directly, because none compared all three in the same people. Sculptra was followed up to 25 months, an Ellansé-type polycaprolactone to 24 months and Radiesse in a 12-month trial. In practice, the area, the amount, the version chosen and your own metabolism matter more than the label.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

Which has fewer side effects: Sculptra, Radiesse or Ellansé?

None is clearly safer in general. All three share swelling, bruising and a risk of nodules, and none can be dissolved. Radiesse has the largest published safety review, with 173 adverse events in 5,081 treatments, nearly all nodules. Sculptra nodule rates fell as technique improved. Placement, dose and the doctor’s experience matter more than the product.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

Which is used for hollow temples?

At IN Eternity Clinic, hollow temples are usually treated with Radiesse, placed deep, because it gives structure on the day and then prompts collagen. Sculptra is considered where a slower, broader change suits better, and hyaluronic acid where reversibility matters most. The anatomy and options are set out on temple filler in Singapore.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

Which is used for the jawline and chin?

Usually a firm, structural product such as Radiesse or Ellansé, placed deep close to bone, because they hold a line well. Sculptra is less suited to defined points. A broad lower face from a strong masseter muscle needs a different approach, so the cause is assessed first; see jawline filler in Singapore.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

Can Sculptra, Radiesse and Ellansé be combined?

Sometimes, in different areas or layers: for example a structural product at the chin and jaw, and Sculptra for broad volume loss at the temples or mid-face. Layering one directly over another in the same spot is avoided, and each step is reviewed before the next, because none of them can be dissolved.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

Is Juvelook a collagen stimulator too?

Its PDLLA works as one, prompting collagen over months, and it belongs to the same polylactic acid family as Sculptra. But Juvelook is placed in the skin for texture and quality rather than deep for volume, so it is usually grouped with skin boosters. See Juvelook in Singapore.

Read more: Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé

Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

How long do shoulder slimming injections last?

The effect typically lasts several months, with muscle activity returning gradually rather than suddenly. With repeated treatment some people find the bulk stays reduced for longer between sessions, because the muscle has been less active for a period. The interval is planned at review rather than fixed in advance, based on photographs and how the muscle feels.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

Will I lose strength in my arms?

Arm strength itself is not targeted, but the upper trapezius helps lift and stabilise the shoulder. Some people notice heaviness with overhead lifting or carrying heavy loads for a few weeks. Tell Dr Sin Yong about your sport or work so dose and timing can be planned.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

Can I go to the gym after treatment?

Avoid strenuous upper-body exercise for 24 hours so the medicine stays where it was placed. After that, normal training can resume, though shrugs, heavy deadlifts and overhead pressing may feel weaker for a few weeks while the muscle is relaxed. Lower-body and cardiovascular training are not affected and can continue as usual.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

Can shoulders and jaw be treated on the same day?

Sometimes, but the total dose of medicine given in one session is considered carefully, because shoulder treatment uses more than the face. Dr Sin Yong may stage treatments a few weeks apart, particularly at a first visit, so each area’s response can be judged and any side effect traced to its source.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

Is this what people call “trap tox” or trapezius injections?

Yes. These are informal names for the same treatment: botulinum toxin, a prescription medicine, placed into the upper trapezius to relax and gradually slim it. Online names vary, but the assessment is the same. The medicine, dose and injection points are chosen and administered by the doctor after examining the muscle.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

How much do shoulder slimming injections cost in Singapore?

Cost depends mainly on the amount of medicine needed, which varies with muscle size and strength, and on whether other areas such as the jaw are treated at the same visit. Follow-up reviews are part of the plan. IN Eternity Clinic explains the plan and its cost at consultation, before treatment.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

Will my shoulders look uneven after treatment?

Many people start with one side bulkier than the other, often the side they carry bags on. Dr Sin Yong measures both sides and adjusts the dose per side, and photographs from behind are compared at review. If one side responds more, a small adjustment can be made at the review visit rather than waiting for the next full treatment.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

What happens if I stop shoulder slimming injections?

The muscle gradually regains its activity and, over months, returns towards its previous size. It does not grow back larger than before. Some people stop after a period and find habits such as lighter bags and posture work help maintain part of the change. Others continue at intervals set by how the muscle responds.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

Can men have trapezius injections?

Yes. Men ask for a less bulky neck-to-shoulder line, though many prefer to keep some shoulder width. Dose and points are planned with that in mind, and timing is discussed for anyone who lifts heavily, climbs or does overhead sport, since the muscle is weaker for a few weeks after treatment.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

Can shoulder slimming injections ease neck and shoulder tension?

Some people find habitual tightness across the upper shoulders feels easier while the muscle is relaxed, but the treatment here is aesthetic and is not a treatment for neck pain. Persistent pain, numbness or pain spreading down the arm needs a medical or physiotherapy assessment first, because posture, joints or nerves may be the cause.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

How soon will I see results from shoulder slimming injections?

The muscle feels softer within about a week, but visible thinning takes longer, because the muscle has to relax first and then lose bulk. Most people see change between four and eight weeks. Photographs from behind are compared at the review, around four to six weeks, which is when any adjustment is made.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

When should I book shoulder slimming before a wedding or event?

Allow about two months. The change builds over four to eight weeks, and a review at four to six weeks leaves time for a small adjustment. Booking too close to the event risks the slimming not having shown yet, while heaviness when lifting may still be present. Dress fittings are easier once the line has settled.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

Will shoulder slimming injections change my posture?

They should not. Only the bulky upper fibres are treated, and the middle and lower fibres that hold the shoulder blades steady are left alone. The injections also do not correct rounded shoulders or a forward head position. Where posture is part of the picture, back-strengthening exercise or physiotherapy is suggested alongside, or instead.

Read more: Shoulder Slimming Injections Singapore

Skin Booster Side Effects

How long do skin booster bumps last?

Usually from a few hours to three days. Rejuran and fine hyaluronic acid droplets tend to flatten within hours to a day or two, Profhilo leaves a few larger bumps for a day or two, and PDLLA bumps settle within hours to a day or two but can bruise. Bumps lasting beyond a week should be reviewed.

Read more: Skin Booster Side Effects

What are the side effects of Rejuran?

Mainly small bumps and redness at each injection point, which usually flatten within hours to a day, plus small bleeding points and occasional bruising. Less often there is an acne or cold sore flare. Bumps lasting more than a week need review, and swelling of the lips, eyes or throat is an emergency.

Read more: Skin Booster Side Effects

Is it normal to have lumps after Profhilo?

A few larger bumps at the five injection points on each side are normal and usually spread out within a day or two. A firm lump that is still there after a week is not typical and should be reviewed; because Profhilo is hyaluronic acid, it could be dissolved if needed.

Read more: Skin Booster Side Effects

Can I go to work after a skin booster?

Most people can, although small bumps may be visible at close range for a day and a pinpoint bruise may need concealer. For PDLLA such as Juvelook, allow at least a week before an important event. Make-up is usually fine from the next day once the entry points have closed.

Read more: Skin Booster Side Effects

Do skin boosters cause bruising?

Sometimes. Pinpoint bruises at injection points are common and usually fade within about a week. Bruising is more likely around the eyes and along a cannula track. Avoiding alcohol for a day and, if your doctor agrees, pausing optional supplements that thin the blood can help.

Read more: Skin Booster Side Effects

Can skin boosters cause pigmentation on darker skin?

Injected boosters are not heat or light treatments, so pigment risk is low. However, a bruise or inflamed bump can occasionally leave a brown mark on skin types III to V that fades over weeks. Sun protection and gentle aftercare help, particularly in Singapore’s sun.

Read more: Skin Booster Side Effects

Can skin booster lumps be dissolved?

Hyaluronic acid boosters such as Profhilo and microdroplet hyaluronic acid can be dissolved with hyaluronidase if a lump persists. Polynucleotides such as Rejuran and PDLLA such as Juvelook cannot, so a persistent lump is examined first and treated according to its cause.

Read more: Skin Booster Side Effects

Which skin booster has the least downtime?

Among injected boosters, polynucleotides and fine hyaluronic acid droplets usually settle fastest, often within a day. A needle-free option such as the Deep Synergy Booster, delivered by ultrasound, leaves no needle bumps, trading some precision for that. The right choice depends on the skin concern, not downtime alone.

Read more: Skin Booster Side Effects

Skin Booster Singapore

Will people notice I had a skin booster?

For a day or so the small injection bumps can be visible at close range, so many people avoid booking just before an event. Once they settle, the change is gradual: skin looks more hydrated and even rather than altered. Because boosters do not add volume, your features and proportions stay the same.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Can I go back to work the same day after a skin booster?

Yes, most people return to work straight away, although small bumps may be visible for a day. Make-up should stay off the injection points until the next morning. Avoid strenuous exercise, saunas, alcohol and facial massage for around 24 hours, as advised at your visit, to keep swelling and bruising to a minimum.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

How many skin booster sessions will I need?

Most booster types work as a course rather than a single visit. Hyaluronic acid and polynucleotide boosters are often given as three sessions a few weeks apart, Profhilo usually as two sessions four weeks apart, and PDLLA as two or three sessions spaced further apart. Maintenance is then planned from how your skin responds, often every few months.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Can I have a skin booster on the same day as laser?

Sometimes, depending on the laser and the booster. Gentle laser toning and a booster can be planned in one visit, with the laser done first. After stronger resurfacing, the skin is usually allowed to recover before injecting. Dr Sin Yong sets the order so that each treatment does its job without adding swelling or irritation.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Can I have a polynucleotide booster if I am allergic to fish?

Polynucleotide boosters such as Rejuran are purified from fish DNA, so a known fish allergy needs to be discussed before treatment. In most such cases another booster type, such as hyaluronic acid or Profhilo, is chosen instead. Tell the clinic about any allergy, including to local anaesthetics, when you book.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

What is a skin booster?

It is an injectable placed in the dermis to work on the skin's hydration, elasticity and texture. It does not add volume or change facial contour — that is what separates it from a dermal filler.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Skin booster or filler — what is the difference?

Filler is placed at chosen points to occupy space and reshape contour. A booster disperses through the dermis and works on the skin itself. They solve different problems: if the complaint is skin quality, extra volume does not help it.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

How is the right booster chosen?

By working out what the skin is short of. HA boosters are chosen for hydration and dermal support, polynucleotides such as Rejuran for fibroblast and matrix support, and PDLLA for gradual collagen stimulation. Dr Sin Yong makes that choice after examining you at IN Eternity Clinic.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Can any skin type have a skin booster?

Boosters are used on all skin types, but each person is assessed first. Infection or active inflammation in the area, some medical conditions, pregnancy and known sensitivity to an ingredient are all reasons to pause or choose differently.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

How much is a skin booster in Singapore?

It depends on the booster family, the number of areas and how many sessions the plan spreads over. Since those differ from person to person, a figure given before assessment would be a guess. Dr Sin Yong sets out the cost at your consultation once the plan is agreed.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

What happens during a booster session?

The product is placed across the area with fine needles or a cannula, in a pattern set by the product used and the area treated. Numbing and comfort are discussed and adjusted as the session goes.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Is a skin booster painful?

Numbing cream is applied first, so most people feel small pinches and pressure at each injection point. Small bumps can show for one to three days. What to expect is explained beforehand at IN Eternity Clinic.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

How long do results from a skin booster last?

The immediate glow from a skin booster lasts around one to two weeks, while regular sessions sustain longer-term skin quality. Your ideal interval is discussed as part of your plan.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

What does collagen do for the skin?

Collagen is the structural protein that gives skin its firmness and elasticity; as it declines with age, skin thins and loses support. Treatments that stimulate the skin's own collagen — including certain skin boosters, lasers and energy devices — work by improving that underlying structure rather than adding surface product. What suits your skin is assessed at IN Eternity Clinic.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Can skin boosters help acne scars?

They can soften fine texture and very shallow scarring by improving skin quality, but they do not lift tethered or deep scars. Those need resurfacing, subcision or energy devices; boosters are sometimes added to such a plan. See skin boosters for acne scars.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Is a needle-free skin booster as good as an injected one?

They do different jobs. An injected booster places a measured dose in a chosen layer of the dermis; a needle-free booster such as the Needleless Synergy Skin Booster is applied to the skin and carried in by ultrasound delivery, trading that precision for no needle marks or bruising.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Can I have a skin booster while pregnant or breastfeeding?

Skin booster injections are postponed during pregnancy and breastfeeding, because there is little safety data for these products in that period. Gentle skincare and sun protection carry on in the meantime, and the plan is reviewed afterwards.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

What is the difference between Profhilo and Rejuran?

Profhilo is a high concentration of hyaluronic acid that spreads through the dermis for hydration and bio-remodelling. Rejuran is made of polynucleotides and is aimed at supporting fibroblasts and skin repair, often chosen for thin, tired or scarred skin. The choice depends on what your skin lacks, not on which is newer.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

What is the downtime after skin booster injections?

Usually one to three days of small bumps or marks at the injection points, sometimes with a bruise that fades within about a week. Hyaluronic acid boosters tend to settle fastest; polynucleotide boosters such as Rejuran can take a little longer. Most people return to work the same or the next day.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

What should I avoid after skin booster injections?

For a day or two: make-up over the injection points, saunas, hot yoga, strenuous exercise, facials, massage and active skincare such as acids or retinoids. A gentle cleanser, moisturiser and sunscreen are fine. Laser or energy-based treatments are usually spaced from the injections rather than done on the same day.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

When do skin booster results show?

Hydration can show within a couple of weeks. Changes in texture, fine lines and firmness build over the course and are judged about four weeks after the last session.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Are skin boosters safe for darker skin?

Injectable boosters are not heat or light treatments, so they do not carry the pigment risk that some lasers carry in skin types III to V, which are common in Singapore. A bruise can leave a brown mark for a few weeks in darker skin, and daily sunscreen helps it fade. Boosters can also be planned alongside laser to support skin as it recovers.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Skin booster or Hydrafacial: which do I need?

They do different jobs. A Hydrafacial cleanses, exfoliates and infuses serums at the surface for a same-day glow. An injectable booster places product in the dermis to work on hydration, elasticity and texture over a course. Many people use both: Hydrafacial for upkeep, a booster for deeper skin quality. See Hydrafacial vs skin booster.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Do skin boosters help oily skin in Singapore’s humidity?

Oily skin can still be dehydrated, and humid air does not replace water held in the dermis, so a hydrating booster can help dehydrated skin that looks shiny yet feels tight. Boosters do not reduce oil production directly. Where oiliness and pores are the main concern, micro-dose anti-wrinkle injections or laser may be suggested instead or alongside.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

What is Skinvive, and is it a skin booster?

Yes. Skinvive is a lightly cross-linked hyaluronic acid with lidocaine, placed as tiny droplets in the cheek skin to improve smoothness and glow, so it belongs to the hyaluronic acid family of boosters. How many sessions are needed varies and is decided at assessment. How it differs from Profhilo is set out in Skinvive vs Profhilo.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Can I wear make-up after skin boosters?

It is usually advised to leave make-up off for the rest of the treatment day so the many small injection points can seal. From the next day, mineral or light make-up applied with clean brushes is generally fine. If small bumps are still visible, they can be covered gently without pressing or rubbing.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Are skin boosters safe?

They are generally well tolerated. In a systematic review of Profhilo, adverse events were mild and usually resolved within 72 hours, and the commonest effects of any booster are small bumps, redness and the occasional bruise. Infection, allergy and vascular events are rare. Your history, allergies, including to fish-derived products, and medicines are reviewed first, and treatment is postponed in pregnancy.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Can skin boosters cause lumps?

Small bumps along the injection pattern are expected and usually settle within one to three days. A lump that lasts beyond a week or two is less common; with hyaluronic acid boosters it can be dissolved, while PDLLA nodules are managed rather than dissolved. Any lump that is firm, growing, red or painful should be shown to the clinic rather than massaged at home.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Is a skin booster the same as a collagen stimulator?

Not usually. Most skin boosters, such as hyaluronic acid boosters, Profhilo and polynucleotides, work on hydration and repair in the skin. Collagen stimulators such as Sculptra, Radiesse and Ellansé are placed deeper to rebuild support. PDLLA boosters such as Juvelook sit between the two. The deeper options are compared on collagen injection in Singapore.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

What is a hyaluronic acid skin booster?

It is a skin booster treatment that places hyaluronic acid which is not cross-linked, or only lightly, as tiny droplets in the dermis. Because it spreads rather than holding a shape, it improves hydration, smoothness and glow without adding volume. Skinvive is one example and Profhilo is a related hybrid type. Courses are often a few sessions weeks apart, and it can be dissolved if needed.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Can different skin boosters be combined?

Often, yes, because they work on different things: a hyaluronic acid booster for hydration, a polynucleotide for repair, PDLLA for collagen. They may be given in the same visit in different areas, or alternated across a course, so that each response can be judged. Dr Sin Yong sets the order after examining what your skin lacks, rather than stacking products by default.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

When should I have a skin booster before a wedding or event?

Ideally a few weeks before, not the day before. Small bumps can be visible at close range for a day or so and a small bruise is possible, while hydration can take a couple of weeks to show and most types work across a course. Dr Sin Yong plans the timing around your date.

Read more: Skin Booster Singapore

Skin Booster vs Filler

What is a skin booster treatment?

It is an injectable treatment placed in the dermis to improve hydration, texture, fine lines and resilience. Families include hyaluronic acid boosters, Profhilo, polynucleotides such as Rejuran and PDLLA boosters such as Juvelook. Boosters do not change face shape. They are usually given as a course of two to three sessions a few weeks apart, with maintenance afterwards.

Read more: Skin Booster vs Filler

Is a skin booster the same as a filler?

No. Both are injected, but a filler is a gel placed deeper to add volume or definition, and it shows on the day. A skin booster is placed in the dermis to improve the quality of the skin itself and works gradually. Some boosters contain hyaluronic acid, but in a form designed to spread and hydrate rather than hold a shape.

Read more: Skin Booster vs Filler

Can I have a skin booster and filler at the same time?

Sometimes, but they are often spaced apart so swelling from one does not hide the result of the other, and so each can be judged on its own. When both are needed, Dr Sin Yong usually restores structure first, then works on skin quality, or the reverse, depending on what bothers you most.

Read more: Skin Booster vs Filler

How long does a skin booster last compared with filler?

It varies with the product, the area and the person. Hyaluronic acid filler often lasts many months to over a year in less mobile areas. Skin boosters usually need maintenance every few months after the initial course. Metabolism, sun exposure and lifestyle all affect how long either lasts.

Read more: Skin Booster vs Filler

Which is safer, a skin booster or filler?

Both are generally well tolerated in experienced hands. Skin boosters are placed superficially in small amounts, so the risk of serious vascular events is mainly associated with volumising filler in higher-risk areas. Any injection can cause bruising, lumps or infection, which is why your history is reviewed and treatment is done by the doctor.

Read more: Skin Booster vs Filler

How much does a skin booster treatment cost compared with filler?

Cost depends on the product family, the number of syringes or vials, the number of sessions and whether ultrasound mapping or correction of old filler is needed first. Boosters are usually planned as a course; filler is planned by the amount needed for each area. Dr Sin Yong gives a written, itemised quote after assessment.

Read more: Skin Booster vs Filler

What is an ECM skin booster?

ECM stands for extracellular matrix, the collagen, elastin and water-holding framework of the dermis. “ECM skin booster” is a marketing label rather than a type of product, used for boosters said to support that framework. Ask what the active ingredient is, such as hyaluronic acid, polynucleotide or PDLLA, and whether the product is registered with HSA.

Read more: Skin Booster vs Filler

Is a PDLLA skin booster a filler?

Not in the usual sense. PDLLA boosters such as Juvelook are placed in or just under the dermis and prompt collagen over weeks to months, adding little immediate volume. Unlike hyaluronic acid filler, they cannot be dissolved. How PDLLA compares with deeper poly-L-lactic acid is set out in Sculptra vs Juvelook.

Read more: Skin Booster vs Filler

Can a skin booster replace under-eye filler?

Only if the problem is the skin. A booster made for the eye area can improve thin, crepey lower-lid skin, but it does not fill a hollow tear trough, which is a volume question. Many under-eye concerns are a mix of hollowing, pigment and thin skin, so the cause is worked out first; see under-eye filler.

Read more: Skin Booster vs Filler

Which shows results faster, a skin booster or filler?

Filler shows on the day, because the gel occupies space, although swelling takes a week or two to settle. Skin boosters work gradually: most are a course of two to three sessions, and the change builds over weeks. With an event coming up soon, filler or no treatment is usually more predictable than starting a booster course.

Read more: Skin Booster vs Filler

Can filler be dissolved if I do not like it?

Hyaluronic acid filler can usually be dissolved with hyaluronidase, an enzyme, ideally after the product has been located with ultrasound. Calcium hydroxylapatite, polycaprolactone and poly-L-lactic acid cannot be dissolved, which is why they are dosed conservatively. Correction is explained on filler correction, and fillers themselves on dermal fillers in Singapore.

Read more: Skin Booster vs Filler

Skinvive vs Profhilo vs Other Skin Boosters

Is Skinvive the same as Profhilo?

No. Both are hyaluronic acid, but Skinvive is lightly cross-linked, contains lidocaine and is placed as many tiny droplets in the cheeks, while Profhilo is non-cross-linked, highly concentrated and spreads from a few points. They are used for overlapping but different aims, and the injection experience differs too.

Read more: Skinvive vs Profhilo vs Other Skin Boosters

Which lasts longer, Skinvive or Profhilo?

Published studies follow each product for several months, but longevity varies with the person, the area and lifestyle, and studies differ in design. It is more useful to plan a course and review than to rely on a fixed number.

Read more: Skinvive vs Profhilo vs Other Skin Boosters

Does IN Eternity Clinic offer Skinvive?

Yes. IN Eternity Clinic offers Skinvive, as well as Profhilo and other skin boosters. Dr Sin Yong will explain which boosters he recommends for your skin and why, including how they compare with Skinvive. He will not recommend a product simply because it is requested, and will say so if a different treatment would serve you better.

Read more: Skinvive vs Profhilo vs Other Skin Boosters

Can skin boosters be combined with lasers?

Often, yes. Boosters and energy-based treatments work on different parts of the problem: one on hydration or repair, the other on tone, texture or tightening. Sequencing matters so that each treatment can heal and be assessed fairly. The order and spacing are set at consultation.

Read more: Skinvive vs Profhilo vs Other Skin Boosters

Are skin boosters suitable for sensitive skin?

Some are. Polynucleotides are often considered for sensitised, thin skin, while needle-free options can suit people who want minimal marks. Active eczema, rosacea flares or infection are usually settled first, because inflamed skin reacts less predictably. Suitability is decided after examining your skin in person.

Read more: Skinvive vs Profhilo vs Other Skin Boosters

Are there risks with skin boosters?

Bruising, swelling, small bumps and redness at injection points are common and usually short-lived. Less commonly, lumps, infection or allergic reactions occur, and collagen-stimulating boosters can form nodules. Rarely, any injectable can enter a blood vessel. These risks are discussed for your specific case before treatment.

Read more: Skinvive vs Profhilo vs Other Skin Boosters

How much do skin boosters cost in Singapore?

Fees depend on the product, the amount used, the number of sessions and the area treated. Comparing price per syringe can mislead, because the products do different jobs and need different numbers of sessions. Fees are explained at consultation once the recommended plan is clear.

Read more: Skinvive vs Profhilo vs Other Skin Boosters

Smile Lines

Are smile lines normal?

Yes. Everyone has a nasolabial fold, and it is visible in many people from their twenties, especially when smiling. It becomes a concern when it deepens at rest or makes the face look tired. Whether anything needs doing is a personal choice, discussed at consultation without pressure to treat.

Read more: Smile Lines

Is filler the right treatment for smile lines?

Sometimes, in small amounts, but rarely on its own. Filler placed only in the fold can add weight to the lower face. Restoring cheek support, lifting descended tissue or improving skin quality often softens the fold more naturally, and the plan depends on which of these is driving your lines.

Read more: Smile Lines

Can anti-wrinkle injections treat smile lines?

Generally not. The muscles that lift the upper lip and corner of the mouth create the smile itself, and weakening them can change your expression or make the smile uneven. Anti-wrinkle injections are used for some lines elsewhere on the face, but smile lines are usually managed with support, lifting or skin-quality treatment.

Read more: Smile Lines

I already have filler in my smile lines and they look heavier. What now?

Do not add more before an assessment. An ultrasound scan shows which product is present, where it sits and how much remains. The plan may be to dissolve hyaluronic acid filler in small, staged amounts, to wait, or to treat the support above, rather than to add volume.

Read more: Smile Lines

How long do smile line treatments last?

It varies with the approach and the person. Hyaluronic acid filler and collagen stimulators last months to a couple of years; energy-based lifting builds over a few months and is typically maintained periodically; threads last for a period that depends on type. Your expected timeline is explained at consultation.

Read more: Smile Lines

How much does smile line treatment cost?

Cost depends on what is driving the lines, which treatments are chosen, how many areas are included and how the plan is staged over time. Because the cause varies, a figure before assessment would mean little. IN Eternity Clinic sets out the plan and its cost at consultation before anything is booked.

Read more: Smile Lines

Can smile lines be treated without filler?

Often, yes. Energy-based lifting such as VF Lift – Vertical Facelift, HIFU or Thermage, collagen stimulators and skin boosters can all soften smile lines without filler in the fold. Which suits you depends on whether descent, volume loss or skin quality is the main driver.

Read more: Smile Lines

How do you avoid an overfilled look?

By treating the support above the fold first, using less product over more than one sitting, reviewing a few weeks later before adding more and checking the face at rest and smiling. Previous filler is scanned with ultrasound before anything new is added.

Read more: Smile Lines

Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

What is the most effective treatment for nasolabial folds?

It depends on the cause. A flattened cheek responds to cheek support with filler or CaHA; descended tissue responds to lifting such as VF Lift – Vertical Facelift, threads or HIFU; thin skin responds to skin boosters. Most plans combine two of these, with little or no filler in the fold itself.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Can nasolabial folds be removed completely?

No, and they should not be. Everyone has a nasolabial fold; it is the natural boundary between cheek and lip area. Treatment aims to soften a fold that has deepened, so the face looks rested rather than flat.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Is filler in the nasolabial fold safe?

It is a higher-care area because the facial artery runs close to the surface beside the nose. Filler is injected by a doctor who plans depth and technique around the vessels, uses small amounts slowly, and keeps hyaluronidase on site. Pain or skin colour change afterwards is an emergency.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Why do my nasolabial folds look worse after filler?

Usually because too much was placed in or near the fold, or earlier filler is still there. The area becomes heavy and the fold looks deeper when smiling. An ultrasound check and correction come before any new product, and lifting may then suit better than volume.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Can HIFU or Ultherapy reduce nasolabial folds?

They can help when descent of the cheek is part of the cause, by tightening deeper layers over two to three months. They do not add volume, and in lean faces heat-based treatment can cause hollowing, so suitability is assessed first.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Do skin boosters work for nasolabial folds?

They improve the skin over the fold, its hydration, thickness and fine creasing, which softens how the fold looks in mild cases. They do not lift or fill a deep fold, so they are combined with support or lifting when the fold is moderate or deep.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

How long does nasolabial fold treatment last?

It varies with the option and the person. Hyaluronic acid filler often lasts around six to eighteen months depending on product and area, collagen stimulators build over months, and lifting effects develop gradually and are maintained with periodic sessions.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Why do I have nasolabial folds in my twenties?

Strong smile muscles, a naturally full cheek, low body fat or weight loss can all show a fold early. Often no treatment is needed; where it is, skin quality or a small amount of cheek support is usually enough.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Does nasolabial fold filler hurt?

Most people feel a brief pinch at each entry point and pressure as product goes in. Numbing cream is applied first, most hyaluronic acid fillers contain lidocaine, and deep cheek support by cannula needs few entry points. The area beside the nose is more sensitive than the cheekbone, and it may feel tender for a day or two.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Is nasolabial fold treatment safe for darker skin?

Filler and boosters use no heat, so pigment risk is low in skin types III to V. Heat-based lifting and laser carry a small risk of temporary darkening, reduced by settings, cooling and sun protection; occasionally a bruise leaves a brown mark that fades. More on darker skin tones.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Can a thread lift help nasolabial folds without filler?

It can when the cheek has slid down rather than emptied, because threads reposition descended tissue and the fold softens as a result. When bone and fat have been lost, threads alone leave the area flat, and some support is still needed. The thread lift vs HIFU vs filler guide compares the options.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Can I wear make-up after nasolabial fold filler?

Keep make-up off the entry points for the rest of the day so they can close cleanly; other areas can be made up as usual. From the next day, concealer can cover a small bruise. Avoid pressing firmly on the cheeks or beside the nose while applying it for the first few days.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

When will I see the result of nasolabial fold treatment?

With filler, the change shows on the day and settles over about two weeks as swelling fades. Skin boosters improve the skin gradually over a course, and lifting treatments develop over weeks to months. Each is judged on photographs taken in the same light, at rest and smiling, at review.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Are smile lines caused by smiling?

Not really. Smiling shows the fold, but the fold deepens at rest because the cheek above it loses support: fat descends, ligaments loosen, bone recedes and skin thins. Expressive faces show it earlier. Smiling less will not prevent it, and a fold that only appears when you smile usually needs no treatment at all.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Do smile line patches work?

Silicone or overnight patches can flatten fine creases for a few hours by holding the skin still and hydrated, but the nasolabial fold is a boundary formed by the cheek above it, so it returns the same day. They are harmless if you like them. Lasting softening comes from supporting or lifting the cheek and improving skin quality.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Does face yoga or chewing gum reduce smile lines?

There is no good evidence that either softens the nasolabial fold. Facial exercises do not restore fat or bone, and frequent strong chewing can bulk the jaw muscle, widening the lower face. Sun protection, not smoking, a steady weight and skincare with retinoids help the skin itself; deeper folds need cheek support or lifting.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

What is the difference between smile lines and marionette lines?

Smile lines, the nasolabial folds, run from the side of the nose to the corner of the mouth and are softened mainly by supporting or lifting the cheek. Marionette lines run down from the mouth corners towards the chin and relate more to jowl descent and a strong mouth-corner muscle. They are often treated together but with different steps.

Read more: Smile Lines & Nasolabial Folds Treatment Singapore

Swelling After Filler

How long does swelling last after filler?

Most swelling peaks in the first one to three days and settles over one to two weeks. Lips and under-eyes swell more and can take a little longer, especially in fluid-prone eyes. The settled result is usually judged at about two weeks.

Read more: Swelling After Filler

Is it normal for filler swelling to be uneven?

Yes, in the first few days. Swelling is often worse on one side or in the morning, and it makes most results look uneven until it settles. If one side is still clearly different at two weeks, have it reviewed.

Read more: Swelling After Filler

Why is my filler swollen again months later?

New swelling months after filler is uncommon and is usually a delayed inflammatory reaction, sometimes after a flu-like illness, or occasionally infection. It should be seen by a doctor within days, not left to settle.

Read more: Swelling After Filler

Can swelling after filler be an allergy?

Occasionally. Allergic swelling tends to come on quickly, spread beyond the treated area and itch. Angioedema is rare after hyaluronic acid filler. Swelling of the lips, tongue or throat with difficulty breathing is an emergency: call 995.

Read more: Swelling After Filler

Why does under-eye filler stay puffy?

Under-eye skin is thin and drains fluid slowly, so swelling can linger. Persistent puffiness can also mean too much product, product placed too superficially, or malar oedema. An assessment with ultrasound shows which.

Read more: Swelling After Filler

Does ice help swelling after filler?

A cold compress wrapped in a cloth, about 10 minutes at a time in the first day, can help. Do not put ice directly on the skin, and avoid pressing hard on fresh filler.

Read more: Swelling After Filler

When can I exercise after filler?

Light activity is usually fine the next day. Hard exercise, hot yoga and saunas are usually avoided for a day or two because heat and raised blood flow can increase swelling.

Read more: Swelling After Filler

Should I dissolve filler if it is still swollen?

Not usually in the first days, because swelling distorts the result. If swelling or puffiness persists beyond a few weeks and hyaluronic acid filler is the cause, dissolving may be considered after an ultrasound assessment.

Read more: Swelling After Filler

Tear Trough & Under-Eye Filler Cost Singapore

Why is under-eye filler not priced per ml?

Because the right amount is usually small, and per-ml pricing can encourage using more than needed. Opened syringes are single-use, so many clinics quote per treatment. Ask how much product is planned for each side and what the price includes.

Read more: Tear Trough & Under-Eye Filler Cost Singapore

What if I do not like the result?

Hyaluronic acid filler can be dissolved with hyaluronidase, a prescription medicine. The quote should explain how correction is handled and whether it is charged separately. This reversibility is one reason hyaluronic acid is preferred under the eyes. Correction is done in small, staged amounts.

Read more: Tear Trough & Under-Eye Filler Cost Singapore

Is under-eye filler suitable for everyone?

No. People with bulging fat bags, marked fluid retention, very thin crepey skin or pigment-driven dark circles are often better served by other treatments. Dr Sin Yong will tell you at assessment if filler is not the right choice. In that case, a more suitable option is explained.

Read more: Tear Trough & Under-Eye Filler Cost Singapore

Why are some under-eye filler offers so cheap?

They may use more product than needed, a firmer or unregistered filler, a quicker needle technique, or skip assessment and review. Ask for the product name, planned amount, technique, who injects and what review is included. A low price for the wrong product or technique is poor value.

Read more: Tear Trough & Under-Eye Filler Cost Singapore

Is there a review after treatment?

There should be. Swelling can mask the true result for a week or two, so review is planned after it settles. The written quote at IN Eternity Clinic explains when review takes place and how any small adjustment is charged.

Read more: Tear Trough & Under-Eye Filler Cost Singapore

Under-eye filler vs Rejuran for the eyes: which is better value?

They solve different problems. Filler replaces lost volume in a tear trough hollow. Polynucleotide treatment such as Rejuran for the eyes improves thin, crepey skin without adding volume. Paying for the one that matches your main problem is the better value. The comparison is set out in under-eye filler vs Rejuran for the eyes.

Read more: Tear Trough & Under-Eye Filler Cost Singapore

Is there a consultation fee for an under-eye filler assessment?

Yes. Under the eyes the assessment decides whether filler is right at all, and you leave with a written quote or a different recommendation. At IN Eternity Clinic a consultation fee applies, and it is waived if you go ahead with any medical treatment; the fee is S$120.

Read more: Tear Trough & Under-Eye Filler Cost Singapore

Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

How long does swelling last after tear trough filler?

Mild swelling usually peaks on the second or third morning and fades over the first week, with the area settling over about two weeks. Fluid-prone eyes may take a little longer. Puffiness that comes and goes weeks later is a recognised delayed reaction and should be reported so it can be assessed.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

When can I go back to work after tear trough filler?

Most people return to desk work the same day or the next. Swelling and bruising may be visible for a few days, and light make-up can usually be applied after 24 hours. If your work involves heavy physical exertion or heat, a day or two off is sensible.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

When can I exercise after tear trough filler?

Avoid strenuous exercise, hot yoga, saunas and steam rooms for about 48 hours, because heat and raised blood pressure can increase swelling and bruising. Gentle walking is fine. Return to your normal routine once swelling has settled, usually within a few days, and avoid face-down positions that press on the area for the first day or two.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Can I wear make-up and contact lenses after tear trough filler?

Light make-up can usually be applied after 24 hours, using clean products, clean brushes and a gentle touch around the entry point. Contact lenses can generally be worn the next day if insertion does not involve pressing on the treated area. Ask the clinic if you are unsure, particularly if your eyes are watery or irritated.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

What if my under-eye looks puffy or lumpy weeks later?

Contact the clinic. Delayed swelling, small lumps and a bluish tint are recognised effects after under-eye filler, often related to the volume, the depth or the product. They are assessed in person, sometimes with ultrasound to locate the product, and hyaluronic acid can be dissolved with hyaluronidase if needed, after which the area is reviewed again.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Which symptoms after tear trough filler are an emergency?

Severe or increasing pain, skin that turns pale, white, grey or blotchy, and any change in vision, double vision or eye pain need same-day contact with the clinic. These are rare but time-sensitive. Spreading redness, heat or fever in the following days should also be reviewed promptly.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

How much does tear trough filler cost in Singapore?

Cost depends on the amount and type of hyaluronic acid needed, whether one or both sides are treated, the technique and the review included. Under-eye treatment usually uses small volumes. IN Eternity Clinic gives a written quote after assessment. The consultation fee is waived with any medical treatment. See the under-eye filler cost guide for the factors.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

How long does it take for under-eye filler to settle?

For most people about two weeks. Swelling peaks on the second or third morning, falls steadily over the first week and the area keeps refining into the second week. Eyes that already hold fluid can take a little longer. The result is reviewed at about two weeks.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Is it normal for under-eye filler to look lumpy at first?

Mild unevenness in the first week is often swelling rather than product, and it usually settles. Do not massage unless you have been asked to. A lump or bluish tint that is still there after about two weeks is reviewed in person.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Can I sleep on my side after tear trough filler?

For the first few nights it is better to sleep on your back with an extra pillow. Raising the head reduces morning swelling and avoids pressure on the treated area.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Can I fly after under-eye filler?

Short flights are usually fine. If you can, avoid long-haul flights in the first few days, when swelling is at its peak and reaching the clinic would be difficult if anything needed checking.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Will I bruise after tear trough filler?

Some people do. A bruise may appear in the first day or two, darken, then turn yellow-green and fade over about a week. It is more likely if you take blood thinners, aspirin or certain supplements, or bruise easily, so tell the clinic beforehand.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

When will I see the final result of tear trough filler?

At about two weeks, once swelling has settled and the gel has integrated. That is when Dr Sin Yong reviews the result in the same light as before treatment; any adjustment is decided then, not in the first days.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Why does under-eye filler take longer to settle than cheek filler?

The lower eyelid has some of the thinnest skin on the body and small lymphatic channels that clear fluid slowly, so swelling that would be invisible on the cheek shows clearly. Soft gels, deep placement and small volumes are used to keep this to a minimum.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Can I drink alcohol after tear trough filler?

It is sensible to avoid alcohol for about 24 to 48 hours. Alcohol widens blood vessels and can increase swelling and bruising, and under the eyes even a little extra swelling is noticeable. After that, moderate drinking does not affect the filler itself, though salty food and alcohol together can make morning puffiness worse.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Can I have a facial or laser after tear trough filler?

Usually, with spacing. Facials that press or massage around the eyes are usually left for about one to two weeks. Laser near the eyes is often planned at least two weeks after filler, and some heat-based treatments are done before filler instead. The order is agreed in advance so each treatment can be judged properly.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Is tear trough filler recovery different in darker skin?

The swelling timeline is similar, but a bruise can leave a brown mark that takes longer to fade in skin types III to V. Cannula technique with a single entry point, cold compresses in the first day and sun protection afterwards help reduce this. Any mark that persists can be reviewed and treated once the area has settled.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

What is the Tyndall effect after tear trough filler?

It is a bluish or grey tint seen through thin lower-lid skin when hyaluronic acid sits too close to the surface. It comes from the way light scatters through the gel, so unlike a bruise it does not fade within a week or two. It usually improves once the superficial product is dissolved with hyaluronidase, a prescription enzyme.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Can tear trough filler migrate?

It can, uncommonly. Filler placed too superficially, in large amounts or repeatedly while earlier product remains can spread beyond the trough, giving a puffy ridge or fullness towards the cheek, sometimes months later. Deep placement and small volumes reduce this. Migration is confirmed in person, often with ultrasound, and hyaluronic acid can be dissolved.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Can I wear glasses after tear trough filler?

Yes, in most cases, because ordinary glasses rest on the nose rather than the treated area. Heavy frames or sunglasses that press on the upper cheek should be avoided for the first few days while swelling is at its peak, and swimming goggles for about a week.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Why is my under-eye filler still swollen after a month?

Most swelling settles within two weeks, but fluid-prone eyes can take longer. Swelling that persists beyond about four weeks, or comes and goes, may mean too much product, product placed too superficially or a delayed reaction. It should be reviewed in person, often with ultrasound, rather than left; hyaluronic acid can be dissolved if needed.

Read more: Tear Trough Filler Healing Time

Temple Filler Singapore

What are temple fillers?

Temple fillers restore volume to hollowed temples, a common sign of ageing that can make the upper face look gaunt and pull the brow and eye area down. Replacing that volume smooths the transition between forehead, brow and cheek. At IN Eternity Clinic the treatment is planned by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong to look natural, and the injection is given by a doctor.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Is temple filler painful?

A topical anaesthetic cream is applied before treatment. The cannula technique means minimal discomfort — most patients describe a dull pressure rather than sharp pain.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Is there downtime?

Minimal. Some mild swelling or bruising may occur at the entry point but typically resolves within 2–3 days. Most patients return to normal activities immediately.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

How long do results last?

Typically 12–18 months, depending on the filler product used and individual metabolism.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Is it safe?

Temple filler requires precise anatomical knowledge due to the temporal vessels in this region. Dr Sin Yong uses cannula technique to minimise vascular risk.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Can temple fillers lift the brow?

Yes — indirectly. Restoring volume to the temporal fat pad provides lateral brow support, creating a subtle brow-tail lifting effect.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

How much do temple fillers cost in Singapore?

Pricing depends on how many syringes or how much product your result needs and the areas being treated, which differ from face to face. Because the plan is tailored, a figure follows assessment rather than a fixed menu price; the full plan and cost are explained at consultation at IN Eternity Clinic before anything proceeds.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

How many sessions of temple fillers will I need?

Many patients achieve their result in a single session, with a review afterwards to fine-tune if needed. How much is done at once depends on your features and goals, and is planned by Medical Director Dr Sin Yong at consultation.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Can temple filler make my face look wider?

It can if too much is placed. The aim is a temple that is flat to very slightly convex, matching the line from brow to cheekbone, which narrows the look of a gaunt upper face rather than widening it.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Why do my temples look hollow when I am not old?

A very lean build, endurance exercise, weight loss and genetics can all thin the fat and muscle in the temples well before middle age. The treatment principle is the same; the volume needed is often smaller.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Can temple filler be dissolved?

Hyaluronic acid filler can usually be broken down with hyaluronidase if needed. Collagen-stimulating fillers cannot be dissolved this way, which is part of the product discussion before treatment.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Will people notice I had temple filler?

Most people notice that you look less tired or gaunt, rather than that anything was injected, because temple volume is something few people consciously look at. In the first two or three days there may be mild swelling or a small bruise at the entry point, often hidden by hair.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Can I go back to work the same day after temple filler?

Yes, most people do. The entry point is small and often sits near the hairline. You may feel tenderness or a mild ache when chewing for a few days. Avoid strenuous exercise, saunas and pressure on the area for around 24 to 48 hours, as advised at your visit.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Which filler is used for temples: hyaluronic acid or Sculptra?

At IN Eternity, Radiesse (CaHA) is usually used for the temples. Hyaluronic acid gives an immediate change and can be dissolved; Sculptra (PLLA) builds collagen gradually over a course and cannot be dissolved; Ellansé (PCL) gives immediate volume and then collagen. The choice depends on the depth of the hollow, skin thickness and whether you prefer an immediate or gradual change.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

How much filler do temples need?

It varies with the depth of the hollow and your build. Some people need part of a syringe for each side, others more, sometimes staged over two visits. The amount is set at assessment and kept to the least that restores a flat to gently convex contour.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Is temple filler safe for darker skin?

Temple filler is an injection, not a heat or light treatment, so it does not carry the pigment risk that some lasers carry in skin types III to V. A bruise at the entry point can leave a brown mark for a few weeks in darker skin, though it is often hidden by hair. Safety in the temple depends on the vessels and the plane of injection, not on skin colour.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

How soon will I see results from temple filler?

Volume is visible on the day, and the change usually settles within about one to two weeks as swelling fades. With Radiesse, which is usually used for temples at IN Eternity Clinic, collagen develops gradually around the microspheres over the following months. How the collagen stimulators compare is in Sculptra vs Radiesse vs Ellansé.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Can I wear make-up after temple filler?

Keep make-up off the entry point for the rest of the day so it can close. Elsewhere, light make-up is usually fine the same evening or the next morning. Avoid pressing or massaging the temples while applying it, and use clean brushes, because Singapore’s heat and humidity favour bacteria on the skin.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Can temple filler cause headaches?

A mild ache when chewing, or a light headache on the first day, is common because the temple sits over the chewing muscle, and simple painkillers usually help. A severe or worsening headache, or one with visual change, after filler is an emergency. A new temple headache with jaw pain or scalp tenderness, especially over fifty, needs a medical review before any treatment.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Temple filler or a thread lift for a low outer brow?

They work differently. Supporting a hollow temple can give the outer brow a subtle, indirect lift. A thread lift repositions soft tissue along a line and suits descent rather than hollowing. Where the brow sits low because of excess upper-lid skin, neither may be enough. The options are compared on eye lifting treatment.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Can men have temple filler?

Yes. Men with very lean builds, endurance athletes and people who have lost weight often develop hollow temples that make the face look drawn. The aim is a flat, natural temple that keeps a slightly angular frame rather than a rounded one, so amounts and placement are adjusted for that. See treatments for men.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Why do my temple veins look more obvious after filler?

Filler placed too close to the surface can push superficial veins forward or make them easier to see through thin skin. That is why prominent veins are mapped at assessment and the product is placed deep, on the bone, where the skin is thin. If veins look more visible weeks after treatment, the area is reviewed in person.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

What are the side effects of temple filler?

The usual ones are tenderness, mild swelling, a small bruise at the entry point and an ache when chewing or yawning for a few days, because the temple sits over the chewing muscle. Less common are unevenness, visible edges or more visible veins. Blocked blood flow is rare but needs immediate attention, which is why plane and technique matter.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Can temple filler affect your eyesight?

Very rarely. Vessels in the temple connect with those around the eye, and filler-related vision problems have been reported after temple injections. Published reviews list the area between the brows, the nose, the nasolabial fold and the forehead as the sites most often involved. Any change in vision after filler is an emergency: go to the nearest emergency department and contact the clinic.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Can temple filler move or spread?

It can, uncommonly. Product placed deep on the bone tends to stay where it is put; product placed superficially or in large amounts can spread within the fatty layer, giving a soft bulge or unevenness, and firm pressure in the first days can shift it. Migration is checked with ultrasound, and hyaluronic acid can be dissolved.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Can temples and cheeks be treated in the same session?

Often, yes. Temples and cheeks support each other, so they are frequently planned together, with amounts kept modest and the result reviewed at two to four weeks. Where both need several syringes, the plan may be staged over two visits so swelling settles and the face can be judged before more is added.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

What happens when temple filler wears off?

The hollow gradually returns towards how it was, allowing for any ageing in the meantime; the skin is not left looser. Hyaluronic acid in the temple often lasts around 12 to 18 months, and collagen stimulators longer, varying between people. Many people choose a smaller maintenance treatment at review rather than repeating the first one.

Read more: Temple Filler Singapore

Treatments We Choose Not to Offer, and Why

Is Deusaderm safe?

Deusaderm is an injectable made from purified porcine (pig) collagen. IN Eternity Clinic does not use it or any animal-collagen filler, so Dr Sin Yong cannot comment on it from his own practice. If you are considering it, ask whether the product is registered with HSA for that use, whether your allergy history has been reviewed, and how complications would be managed.

Read more: Treatments We Choose Not to Offer, and Why

Are exosome treatments safe?

Exosome products vary widely in source and content, and many are sold as cosmetics for the skin surface. Evidence from controlled human studies on injecting them is still limited, particularly on dosing and long-term effects. IN Eternity Clinic does not inject exosome preparations while registration and evidence remain unclear.

Read more: Treatments We Choose Not to Offer, and Why

Why not use fat-dissolving injections for a double chin?

Products not registered with HSA, and mixed lipolysis cocktails, vary in strength and content and can cause significant swelling, lumps and nerve weakness near the jaw. IN Eternity Clinic does not use them. Device-based options are assessed instead, depending on whether the fullness is fat, loose skin or jaw structure.

Read more: Treatments We Choose Not to Offer, and Why

How can I check whether a product is registered with HSA?

HSA maintains online registers for health products, including therapeutic products and medical devices, which can be searched by product name. You can also ask the clinic to show you the product packaging and batch details before treatment. A reputable clinic should be comfortable doing this.

Read more: Treatments We Choose Not to Offer, and Why

Will IN Eternity Clinic ever offer these treatments?

Possibly, if a product becomes registered for its use and good evidence on safety and dosing is published. New options are tracked on the clinic’s watchlist and reviewed by Dr Sin Yong. The decision rests on registration, evidence and whether complications can be managed, not on popularity.

Read more: Treatments We Choose Not to Offer, and Why

What does IN Eternity Clinic offer instead?

Registered hyaluronic acid fillers and skin boosters, absorbable collagen stimulators, prescription anti-wrinkle injections, and energy-based treatments for lifting, fat reduction and skin quality. Dr Sin Yong will explain at consultation which registered option, if any, suits what you were hoping to achieve.

Read more: Treatments We Choose Not to Offer, and Why

Tyndall Effect Filler

Does the Tyndall effect go away on its own?

Rarely, and not quickly. The tint comes from hyaluronic acid sitting too close to the surface, and under the eyes that product can last for years; in one MRI study, filler was still present in every person at least two years later. Dissolving the superficial product is usually the most direct correction.

Read more: Tyndall Effect Filler

How do I know if my under-eye filler has the Tyndall effect?

Look in daylight for a steady blue or blue-grey tint over a soft fullness that has not changed colour for weeks. A bruise changes colour and fades within about two weeks, and dark circles were there before filler. An examination with an ultrasound scan confirms whether superficial product is the cause.

Read more: Tyndall Effect Filler

Can the Tyndall effect be fixed without dissolving?

Dissolving with hyaluronidase is usually the most direct fix, because it removes the cause. Other management options have been described, and make-up can disguise a mild tint, but leaving superficial product in place usually leaves the tint. The choice is made at assessment.

Read more: Tyndall Effect Filler

Is the Tyndall effect dangerous?

No. It is a cosmetic problem caused by product depth, not an infection or allergy. It should not be confused with the warning signs of a blocked vessel, which are pale or dusky skin, severe or increasing pain, or any change in vision, and which need urgent care.

Read more: Tyndall Effect Filler

How long after dissolving will the blue tint go?

Much of the change is usually visible within one to two days, once swelling from the injection settles, although under the eye swelling can take a little longer. The result is judged at about two weeks, and a further small dose is given only if product remains.

Read more: Tyndall Effect Filler

Can I have under-eye filler again after the Tyndall effect?

Sometimes. Once the superficial product has been dissolved and the area has settled, a small amount of soft hyaluronic acid can be placed deep if a hollow remains. Some people decide that a non-filler approach suits them better. The decision is made after the two-week review.

Read more: Tyndall Effect Filler

Does the Tyndall effect happen with all fillers?

It is mainly a hyaluronic acid problem, because the clear gel scatters light when superficial. Other products can cause visible ridges or lumps if placed too close to the surface, but the typical blue tint is linked to hyaluronic acid.

Read more: Tyndall Effect Filler

Who is most at risk of the Tyndall effect?

People with very thin, translucent lower-lid skin, those who have had several rounds of under-eye filler, and anyone treated with product placed superficially or in larger amounts. Careful candidate selection, deep placement of small amounts and checking for old filler lower the risk.

Read more: Tyndall Effect Filler

Under Eye Filler Singapore

Does under-eye filler work for dark circles?

Only for dark circles caused by a hollow that casts a shadow. It does not treat pigment, visible vessels on their own or puffiness, and it can make eye bags look worse. The cause is confirmed at assessment before filler is considered.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

How long does under-eye filler last?

Often around nine to eighteen months, sometimes longer, because the area moves less than the lips. It varies between people and products. Because it can persist, amounts are kept small and reviewed before any more is added.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Is under-eye filler safe?

It is a higher-care area with thin skin and a dense network of vessels near the eye. Risk is reduced by careful candidate selection, soft hyaluronic acid, a fine cannula, small amounts and a doctor injecting, with hyaluronidase on site. Any vision change afterwards is an emergency.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

How long does swelling last after under-eye filler?

Mild swelling usually settles within a few days and the result looks natural within about two weeks. Persistent puffiness weeks later is not expected and should be reviewed, as it may mean the gel is holding fluid.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Can under-eye filler be dissolved?

Yes. Under-eye fillers at IN Eternity Clinic are hyaluronic acid, which can usually be broken down with hyaluronidase, a prescription enzyme kept at the clinic. This is one reason collagen stimulators are not used under the eyes.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

What is the difference between under-eye filler and tear trough filler?

They are the same treatment. Tear trough is the anatomical name for the groove from the inner corner of the eye; under-eye filler is the everyday term. Both describe a small amount of soft hyaluronic acid placed deep to soften the hollow.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Who should not have under-eye filler?

People with significant eye bags, persistent under-eye swelling, festoons, very thin and lax lower-lid skin, active eye or skin infection, or who are pregnant or breastfeeding. Thyroid eye problems are assessed medically first.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

How much does under-eye filler cost in Singapore?

It depends on the amount, whether one or both sides and the cheek are treated, staging and review. IN Eternity Clinic gives a written quote after assessment; the consultation fee is S$120, waived with any medical treatment. Published ranges from other clinics are shown on this page.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Does under-eye filler hurt?

Numbing cream is applied first, and the soft hyaluronic acid used commonly contains lidocaine, so the area numbs as treatment goes on. A small entry point on the cheek is numbed and a fine cannula is guided under the hollow. Most people feel pressure and an odd pushing sensation near the eye rather than pain. Watery eyes during treatment are common and harmless.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

How soon will I see results from under-eye filler?

A softening of the hollow is usually visible on the day. Swelling can make the area look fuller for several days, and the under-eye holds fluid easily, so mornings may look puffier at first. The result is judged at two to four weeks, when any small addition is planned; see under-eye hollows for the wider picture.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Can I wear make-up after under-eye filler?

Keep make-up off the entry point and the lower lids for the rest of the day. From the next day, concealer can usually be applied gently with a clean finger or brush, without rubbing, and eye cream can be used gently too. If there is a bruise, a colour-correcting concealer helps until it fades, usually within a week.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Is under-eye filler safe for darker skin?

Filler is not a heat or light treatment, so it does not carry the pigment risk that some lasers carry in skin types III to V. Many darker under-eyes have pigment as well as a hollow, and filler only helps the hollow. A bruise can leave a brown mark for a few weeks. Pigment is treated separately; see dark eye circle treatment.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Under-eye filler or Rejuran Eye: which is right for me?

It depends on the cause. Filler softens a hollow that casts a shadow. Rejuran Eye improves thin, crepey skin over the area but does not fill a hollow. Some people need one, some both, in a planned order. The side-by-side comparison is in under-eye filler vs Rejuran Eye vs laser.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Can I have under-eye filler after eye bag surgery?

Sometimes, but with more care. Surgery changes the fat, the ligaments and sometimes the blood supply under the eye, and a hollow after surgery can have a different cause from a natural tear trough. The area is examined, and previous surgical notes help. Small amounts and a review are used, and in some cases a surgical review is suggested instead.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Why can under-eye filler look blue?

This is the Tyndall effect: hyaluronic acid placed too close to the surface scatters light and shows as a bluish tint through thin skin. It is avoided by deep placement and soft, low water-binding gel in small amounts. If it happens, the product can be dissolved with hyaluronidase and the area re-planned once it has settled.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Can under-eye filler cause puffiness months later?

Yes, occasionally. Hyaluronic acid draws in water, and the lower eyelid drains fluid slowly, so swelling can appear or persist weeks or months after treatment, often worse in the morning or after salty food. A soft, low water-binding product in small amounts reduces this. If it happens, the product can be dissolved with hyaluronidase.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

How do I know if I have a tear trough or an eye bag?

A tear trough is a groove that casts a shadow and softens when light falls on it. An eye bag is a bulge that becomes more obvious when you look up. A mirror can give a clue, but the distinction is confirmed in person, in good light and from several angles, because filler helps a hollow and can make a bag look bigger.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

How much tear trough filler is usually needed?

Very little. A fraction of a syringe per side is often enough, placed deep in small amounts and reviewed at two to four weeks before anything is added. Overcorrection is the commonest cause of a ridge or lasting puffiness under the eye, so a slight undercorrection on the first visit is preferred.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Is under-eye filler suitable for men?

Yes. Men often have deeper tear troughs and thicker skin, and the aim is a rested look that keeps a natural, slightly structured under-eye rather than a smooth, filled one. Placement and volume are adjusted for male anatomy, and true eye bags from fat are separated from hollows first, because filler only helps the hollow.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Can I go back to work the same day after tear trough filler?

Most people do. Expect mild swelling and possibly a small bruise for a few days, which concealer can usually cover from the next day. Avoid rubbing the eyes, heavy exercise, alcohol and saunas for around 24 to 48 hours, as advised at your visit, to help swelling settle.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Can I wear contact lenses after tear trough filler?

Usually from the next day, once any swelling has eased. Insert and remove lenses gently without pulling hard on the lower lid, and keep make-up and lens handling clean. If the eye feels gritty, looks red or your vision changes, stop wearing lenses and contact the clinic; any change in vision after filler is an emergency.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Can tear trough filler be combined with eye bag treatment?

Sometimes. Where a small fat bulge sits above a hollow, a little filler in the groove may soften the step, but only after examination looking straight ahead and upwards. Where the bulge dominates, filler tends to make it look heavier, and the options on eye bag removal in Singapore, including a surgical opinion, come first.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Do allergies make dark circles and puffiness worse?

They can. Allergic rhinitis, eczema and frequent eye rubbing are common causes of darker, puffier under-eyes, and Singapore’s humidity and dust mites keep many people symptomatic all year. Filler does not treat this and can hold more fluid in an area that already drains slowly, so allergy and skin inflammation are settled first.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

How often should under-eye filler be repeated?

Less often than many people expect. Hyaluronic acid under the eye often lasts nine to eighteen months and sometimes longer, so further treatment is planned only when the hollow has returned at a review, not on a fixed schedule. Adding filler over product that is still there is a common cause of puffiness, so earlier filler is checked first.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

What should I avoid before under-eye filler?

If your doctor agrees, pause optional supplements that make bruising more likely, such as fish oil or high-dose vitamin E, for a few days, and avoid alcohol the day before. Do not stop a prescribed medicine on your own. Reschedule if you have an eye infection, a cold sore or a flare of eczema around the eyes.

Read more: Under Eye Filler Singapore

Under Eye Hollows & Dark Circles

Will filler fix my dark circles?

Only if the darkness comes from structural shadowing. Filler does not address true pigmentation or vascular visibility through thin skin.

Read more: Under Eye Hollows & Dark Circles

Are under-eye treatments higher risk than other areas?

The under-eye area is anatomically delicate, which is why assessment and technique matter more here than in many other regions.

Read more: Under Eye Hollows & Dark Circles

Can sleep and lifestyle changes resolve under-eye darkness?

They can help where fluid retention or fatigue contribute, but they will not change structural volume loss or established pigmentation.

Read more: Under Eye Hollows & Dark Circles

Is under-eye filler suitable for everyone with dark circles?

No. It suits a true hollow with reasonably firm skin. Puffy lower lids, fluid swelling, very thin skin or dark circles that are mainly pigment usually do worse with filler, and other options are discussed first.

Read more: Under Eye Hollows & Dark Circles

Can Rejuran Eye help dark circles?

It works on skin quality rather than volume, so it may help where thin, crepey skin lets vessels show through. It does not fill a hollow or remove pigment, and change builds over a course of sessions.

Read more: Under Eye Hollows & Dark Circles

Why do my dark circles look worse in some photos?

Overhead light deepens the shadow cast by a hollow, while flash or front lighting flattens it. If your dark circles change a great deal with lighting, a structural hollow is the more likely cause.

Read more: Under Eye Hollows & Dark Circles

Under-Eye Filler Problems

What are the most common under-eye filler problems?

Puffiness, a bluish tint called the Tyndall effect, lumps, malar oedema and migration. In a review of delayed tear trough complications, swelling was the most common, followed by lumps and migration. Most relate to the amount, depth or the choice of candidate.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler Problems

Why does my under-eye filler look puffy months later?

Hyaluronic acid holds water and can last years, so a modest excess can look puffy long after treatment. Late puffiness can also be malar oedema, migration or a delayed reaction. An ultrasound assessment shows which.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler Problems

Can under-eye filler problems be fixed?

Usually. Hyaluronic acid filler can be dissolved in small, staged amounts after ultrasound mapping, with a review at about two weeks. Problems from other products need a different plan.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler Problems

Will my under-eye look worse after dissolving?

It can look hollower for a time, because the hollow the filler covered returns and your own tissue takes weeks to recover. Staged dissolving reduces this. Remaining hollows can often be improved without more filler.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler Problems

Why is my under-eye blue after filler?

A bluish tint is usually the Tyndall effect: hyaluronic acid placed too close to the surface scatters light so it shows through thin skin. It is commonly corrected by dissolving the superficial product.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler Problems

How long does malar oedema last after filler?

It can last months and responds poorly to massage. If filler is contributing, dissolving it may help; some malar oedema is unrelated to filler.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler Problems

Can under-eye filler affect my vision?

Very rarely, filler can block a vessel that supplies the eye. Any change in vision after filler is an emergency: go to the nearest emergency department straight away, or call 995.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler Problems

Is there an alternative to under-eye filler?

Depending on the cause, options include the Restore mode of VF Lift – Vertical Facelift, which adds volume from your own fat over the following weeks, skin boosters for skin quality, or eye bag treatments. Suitability is decided at assessment.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler Problems

Under-Eye Filler vs Rejuran Eye vs Laser

Is Rejuran Eye better than under-eye filler?

Neither is better in general because they treat different things. Filler reduces the shadow of a hollow tear trough. Rejuran Eye, a polynucleotide injectable, supports thin, crepey skin and adds little volume. Many people need one, some need both in sequence, and a few need neither. Dr Sin Yong decides after looking at the area in different lighting.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler vs Rejuran Eye vs Laser

Can laser remove dark circles?

Laser helps when the darkness is brown pigment. It breaks up excess melanin gradually over a course, with conservative settings for thin eyelid skin. It does not fill hollows or change a vascular tint, so it is used when pigment is the main cause or as part of a combined plan.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler vs Rejuran Eye vs Laser

Does Rejuran Eye hurt?

It involves many small, superficial injections. Numbing cream is applied for around twenty to thirty minutes first, and most people describe the injections as a brief stinging that is tolerable. Small raised bumps along the injection lines usually flatten within a day or two, and any bruising fades over the following week.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler vs Rejuran Eye vs Laser

Who should not have tear trough filler?

People with true eye bags from protruding fat, marked puffiness or fluid retention, very thin skin with a strong vascular tint, active infection or eczema around the eye, or those who are pregnant or breastfeeding. These are assessed at consultation.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler vs Rejuran Eye vs Laser

How much does dark circle treatment cost?

It depends on the cause and the plan: the amount of filler needed, the number of polynucleotide sessions, the number of laser sessions, and whether methods are combined. A written estimate is given after assessment so you can see what each part involves before deciding.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler vs Rejuran Eye vs Laser

Can dark circles come back?

Yes. Pigment returns with sun, rubbing and allergy. Fillers and polynucleotides are gradually broken down. Ageing continues, and the fat pads and bone around the eye change over time. Most plans therefore include sensible maintenance, such as sun protection, managing allergy and occasional top-up sessions, rather than a single treatment. Review visits help catch changes early.

Read more: Under-Eye Filler vs Rejuran Eye vs Laser

Vascular Occlusion After Filler

How soon after filler can vascular occlusion happen?

Most cases show during injection or within minutes to hours, as blanching and pain followed by mottled or dusky skin. Occasionally signs appear later, as swelling increases around a vessel. Any pale, dusky or increasingly painful area in the first days after filler should be reported to the treating clinic immediately.

Read more: Vascular Occlusion After Filler

How do I tell a bruise from vascular occlusion?

A bruise is usually dark purple from the start, sits at an injection point, is tender rather than increasingly painful and fades over days. Occlusion often starts pale or white, follows the shape of a vessel, becomes mottled or dusky, and hurts more over time. If unsure, send a photograph to the clinic straight away.

Read more: Vascular Occlusion After Filler

Can vascular occlusion be reversed?

Often, if it is recognised and treated quickly. With hyaluronic acid filler, hyaluronidase dissolves the product and is repeated until blood flow returns. In a large dermatology survey, 85 in 100 occlusions left no long-term effect. Vision loss is different and recovers far less often, which is why it needs emergency hospital care.

Read more: Vascular Occlusion After Filler

Does vascular occlusion hurt?

Usually, yes. Pain that is severe, burning or increasing after filler is a key warning sign. However, numbing cream and the local anaesthetic in many fillers can mask pain for a while, so blanching or a mottled, dusky patch should be acted on even if it does not hurt much.

Read more: Vascular Occlusion After Filler

Can vascular occlusion happen with lip filler?

Yes. The labial arteries run close to where lip filler is placed; in a cadaver study the upper lip artery ran about 3 mm deep along the lip border at the midline. Lips and nasolabial folds were among the areas most often occluded in a large survey. See the lip filler side effects guide.

Read more: Vascular Occlusion After Filler

Is vision loss from filler common?

No, it is very rare. A review identified 48 new published cases worldwide between 2015 and 2018. Most followed injections of the nose, glabella or forehead. Because outcomes are poor when it does happen, any change in vision after filler means going to the nearest emergency department immediately.

Read more: Vascular Occlusion After Filler

What should I do if I see a dusky patch the day after filler?

Contact the clinic that treated you immediately, by phone or WhatsApp, and send a photograph. Do not wait overnight to see whether it settles, and do not try to treat it yourself. If you also notice any change in vision, go straight to the nearest emergency department.

Read more: Vascular Occlusion After Filler

Are some fillers safer for blood vessels than others?

Hyaluronic acid can be dissolved with hyaluronidase if a vessel is blocked; calcium hydroxylapatite, polycaprolactone and poly-L-lactic acid cannot. That makes hyaluronic acid the more correctable choice in higher-risk areas, but any filler can block a vessel. Technique, depth, amount and anatomy matter more than the brand.

Read more: Vascular Occlusion After Filler

WhatsApp us